Quick Reference Guide

2008
Quick Reference Guide
Interactive Owner’s Guide
Have a question about the main features of your new Toyota? Find
the answers quickly and easily in this Quick Reference Guide, which
includes highlights from the Owner’s Manual. For more detailed
information, and helpful interactive demonstrations and tips, visit
www.Toyotaiguide.com. This user-friendly website makes learning
all about your new vehicle fun and easy.
www.ToyotaiGuide.com
This iGuide is not intended as a substitute for the Owner’s Manual
located in the vehicle’s glove box. We strongly encourage you to
review the Owner’s Manual and supplementary manuals so you will
have a better understanding of the vehicle’s capabilities and
limitations. Important Cautions, to help you avoid injuries, and
Notices, to help you avoid equipment damage or malfunction, can
also be found in the Owner’s Manual.
2008 Avalon Quick Reference Guide
9
8
9
4-5
4
2-3
6
8
7
8
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Air Conditioning/Heating
Audio
Auto lock functions2
Automatic Transmission
Center display
Clock
Cruise control
Cup holders
Door locks
Dynamic Laser Cruise Control
Garage door opener (HomeLink®)3
Lights1 & turn signals
Moonroof
Parking brake
Power outlets
Seat adjustments-Front
Seat adjustments-Rear
Seat ventilators/Heaters
Seats-Head restraints
Steering lock release
Steering wheel switches
Sunshade-Rear1
Telephone controls (Bluetooth®)
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel
Windows-Power
Windshield wipers & washers1
20
18
10
10
19
22
16
22
21
17
16
13
14
11
22
12
12
21
11
10
19
14
Doors-Child safety locks
Seat belt comfort guide
Seat belts
Seat belts-Shoulder belt anchor
Spare tire & tools
Tire Pressure Warning System reset
Trunk-Internal release
23
24
23
23
25
24
25
EMERGENCY FEATURES
15
11
14
12
2
Visit your Toyota dealer for information on customizing this feature.
Programmable by customer. Refer to the Owner’s Manual for instructions and
more information.
3
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.
1
1
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
SAFETY AND
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Engine maintenance
Fuel tank door release and cap
Hood release
Indicator symbols
Instrument cluster
Instrument panel
Keyless entry1
Light control-Instrument panel
Smart Key system2
Trunk release
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
Instrument panel
Steering wheel controls
Steering wheel audio controls
Telephone controls1
Steering wheel climate controls
Voice command button1,2
Distance button1
Driving position memory switches1
Headlight and turn signal controls/Headlight, turn signal and front fog
light controls1
Engine (ignition) switch (standard key)
Wiper and washer controls
“ENGINE START STOP” button (Smart Key)1
Clock
Center display/Navigation system2
Emergency flasher button
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator and front passenger seat
belt reminder lights
Air Conditioning controls
2
OVERVIEW
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
1
2
If equipped
For details, refer to the “Navigation System Owner’s Manual.”
3
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Trunk opener main switch
Audio system
Storage compartment1/Navigation system switches1,2
Outside rearview mirror1/Rear window defogger button
Cruise control
Tilt lock release lever
Telescopic lock release
Tire Pressure Warning System reset
Power rearview mirror control
Glass breakage sensor1
Rear sunshade switch1
Trunk opener
Fuel filler door opener
OVERVIEW
Instrument cluster
Engine coolant temperature
Service indicator and reminder
Tachometer
Speedometer
Fuel gauge
Trip meter reset button
Odometer and two trip meters
Automatic Transmission shift range display
Automatic Transmission shift position indicator
Dynamic laser cruise control display
Indicator symbols
Brake system warning1
Driver seat belt reminder1
(alarm will sound if speed is over 9 mph)
Front passenger seat belt reminder1
(alarm will sound if speed is over 9 mph)
Charging system warning1
SRS airbag on-off indicator
Low engine oil pressure warning1
Malfunction/Check Engine indicator1
1
For details, refer to “Indicators and warning lights,” Section 2-2, 2008 Owner’s Manual.
4
Engine oil replacement reminder1
OVERVIEW
Low fuel level warning1
Open door warning1
Airbag SRS warning1
Low Tire Pressure Warning1
Low windshield washer fluid level warning1
Security indicator
Headlight low/high beam indicator
Turn signal indicator
Automatic headlight leveling system warning1
Slip indicator
Vehicle Stability Control system warning1
Cruise control indicator2
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Front fog light indicator
Ready mode indicator
Conventional cruise
Dynamic Laser Cruise Control master warning light1
Anti-lock Brake System warning1
Smart Key system warning1
If this light flashes, refer to “Cruise control,” Section 2-4, 2008 Owner’s Manual.
5
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
2
OVERVIEW
Keyless entry
Locking operation
Without Smart Key system
With Smart Key system
Push
Unlocking operation
Without Smart Key system
With Smart Key system
Push ONCE: Driver door
TWICE: All doors
NOTE: If a door is not opened within 30 seconds of unlocking, all doors will
relock for safety.
Trunk lid operation
Without Smart Key system
With Smart Key system
Push and hold
Panic button
Push and hold
6
Smart Key system* (if equipped)
Start function
Depress
brake pedal
OVERVIEW
Green indicator ON
Push
Carrying
NOTE: Gear shift lever must be in Park and brake pedal depressed.
Power (without starting engine)
Without depressing the brake pedal, pressing the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch will change the operation mode in succession from:
ACC
OFF
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
ON
Accessories such as the radio will operate.
Power ON; the engine not running.
All systems OFF.
Locking/Unlocking operation
Carry remote
to lock/unlock
Locking front door
Push
Unlocking front door*
Grasp
Push
* Driver door unlocking function can be programmed to unlock driver door
only, or all doors. Grasping passenger door handle will unlock all doors.
NOTE: Doors may also be locked/unlocked using remote.
7
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Opening trunk
OVERVIEW
Fuel tank door release and cap
Turn
Push
Store
NOTE: Tighten until one click is
heard. If the cap is not
tightened enough, Check Engine
“ ” indicator may illuminate.
Light control-Instrument panel
+
Brightness
control
Trunk release
Trunk opener
Main switch
Push
ON
8
OFF
Hood release
OVERVIEW
Pull
Pull up latch and
raise hood
Engine maintenance
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Note: Regularly scheduled maintenance, including oil changes, will
help extend the life of your vehicle and maintain performance.
Please refer to the “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet,”
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement.”
9
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Engine coolant reservoir
Power steering fluid reservoir
Engine oil filler cap
Engine oil level dipstick
Windshield washer fluid tank
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Auto lock functions
Automatic door locks can be programmed to operate in two different
modes, or turned OFF.
1. Doors lock: when shifting from “Park.”
Doors unlock: when shifting into “Park.”
2. Doors lock: when the vehicle speed goes above 12 mph.
Doors unlock: when the driver’s door is opened within 10 seconds after
turning the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch OFF.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.
Automatic Transmission
“D”
Park*
Reverse
Neutral
Drive
“S” mode
“S”
* The “ENGINE START STOP” switch/engine must be ON and the brake
pedal depressed to shift from “Park.”
“S” (Sequential) mode
Shift the shift lever to “S” position from “D” position.
Floor shift type:
+: Upshift (push and release)
-: Downshift (pull and release)
Downshifting increases power going uphill, or provides engine braking
downhill. For best fuel economy during normal driving conditions, always
drive with the shift lever in the “D” position.
Steering lock release
Smart Key system
Without Smart Key system
Turn
Turn
Push
10
Turn
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel
Length
OVERVIEW
Angle
Lock release lever
Lock release lever
Hold wheel, push lever down, set angle and length and return lever.
Note: Do not attempt to adjust while the vehicle is in motion.
Parking brake
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Set: Depress
Release: Depress again
Seats-Head restraints
Lock release button
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
11
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Seat adjustments-Front
Manual seat
Power seat
Seatback angle
Position
Leg support (if equipped)
Lumbar support (if equipped)
Position, cushion angle and height
Seat adjustments-Rear
Seatback angle lever
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.
Windshield wipers & washers
With interval wiper
Adjust interval
With AUTO rain-sensing wiper
Adjust sensor
sensitivity
Single wipe
Single wipe
Interval wipe
Pull to wash and wipe
Slow
Fast
Pull to wash and wipe
12
Auto wipe
Slow
Fast
Lights & turn signals
Headlights
OVERVIEW
Headlights
Parking lights
Auto
DRL OFF
High beam
Low beam
-Daytime Running Light system (DRL) Automatically turns
on the headlights at a reduced intensity.
-Automatic light cut off system Automatically turns lights off after a
delay of 30 seconds, or the lock switch on remote may be pushed.
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
High beam flasher
Front fog lights (if equipped)
Turn
Front fog lights come on only when the headlights are on low beam.
Right turn
Lane change
Left turn
Lane change
13
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Turn signals
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Windows-Power
Driver side
Window lock switch
Up
Down
Automatic operation (front windows only) Push the switch completely
down or pull it completely up and release to fully open or close. To stop
window midway, lightly push the switch in the opposite direction.
Window lock switch Deactivates all passenger windows. Driver’s window
remains operable.
NOTE: If battery is disconnected, the window needs to be reinitialized.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.
Moonroof (if equipped)
Sliding operation
Tilting operation
Open
Close
Close
Recommended driving
position to minimize
wind noise.
Tilt
NOTE: If battery is disconnected, the moonroof needs to be reinitialized.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.
Sunshade-Rear (if equipped)
When shifting to
reverse, sunshade
retracts automatically,
and then rises again
when driving forward.
Push
14
Telephone controls (Bluetooth®)
(if equipped)
OVERVIEW
Audio unit
Microphone
Volume
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Steering wheel telephone switches
End call
Start call
Voice command button
Bluetooth® technology allows you to place or receive calls without taking
your hands from the steering wheel or using a cable to connect the
compatible telephone and the system.
15
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Refer to “Hands-free system (for cellular phone),” Section 3-3 in the
Owner’s Manual for more details.
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Garage door opener (HomeLink®)*
(if equipped)
Garage door openers manufactured under license from HomeLink®* can
be programmed to operate garage doors, estate gates, security lighting, etc.
Refer to “Garage door opener,” Section 3-6 in the Owner’s Manual for
more details.
For programming assistance, contact the Toyota Customer Experience
Center at 1-800-331-4331, or visit http://www.homelink.com.
*HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.
Cruise control (if equipped)
Turning system ON/OFF
System ON/OFF
Functions
Resume2
Increase speed
Cancel1
Set
1
2
Decrease speed
The set speed may also be cancelled by depressing the brake pedal.
The set speed may be resumed once vehicle speed exceeds 25 mph.
16
Dynamic Laser Cruise Control (if equipped)
Fixed speed mode
OVERVIEW
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details and complete safety
precautions before attempting to use “Dynamic Laser Cruise Control.”
(1) To select conventional/fixed speed control Push the ON-OFF button.
Push the lever forward and hold until the “NORM.” indicator appears.
(2) To set, cancel and resume a speed Refer to instructions for Cruise
Control on the previous page.
Distance control mode
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Distance control mode will cruise at a set speed, decelerate to maintain
selected distance from a slower vehicle in front of you, and accelerate
back up to the selected speed if the vehicle in front of you changes lanes
or speeds up.
(1) To select distance control mode Push the ON-OFF button. The
“READY” and “CRUISE” indicator will come on.
(2) To set, cancel and resume a speed Refer to instructions for Cruise
Control on the previous page.
Note: Once vehicle speed is set, pushing lever up toward “+ RES” will
increase speed to the nearest 5 mph, and then in 5 mph increments.
Pushing lever down toward “- SET” will reduce speed in the same way.
MIDDLE
SHORT
(3) To change the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Push the distance button to cycle through the settings, which will
change progressively from LONG to MIDDLE to SHORT.
17
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
LONG
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Audio
Preset buttons - functions in other
modes indicated above number
Push to skip up/down folder
and radio category type
Load CD(s)
Eject CD
Seek
station/
CD track
select
Push to turn
ON/OFF
Select CD
Mode
Station/CD View CD
track scan text
Push to
adjust tone
& balance
AM/Satellite
Radio
CD PLAYER
To scan tracks on a disc Push and hold “SCAN.” Push again to hold
selection.
CD changer
-To load one disc Push “LOAD” and insert one disc.
-To load multiple discs Push and hold “LOAD” until you hear a beep.
Insert one disc. Shutter will close and then re-open for next disc.
v
To select a CD Push “DISC ” or “DISC v .”
To select a file (MP3/WMA only) Turn “TUNE.FILE.”
To select a folder (MP3/WMA only) Push either side of “FOLDER.”
RADIO
To preset stations Tune in the desired station and hold down a preset
button (1-6) until you hear a beep. Push desired preset button (1-6) to
select.
To scan stations Push and hold “SCAN” to scan preset stations. Push again
to hold selection.
AUX audio jack
By inserting a mini plug into the AUX audio jack, you can listen to music
from a portable audio device through the vehicle’s speaker system.
18
Steering wheel switches (if equipped)
Audio control
Climate control
OVERVIEW
Temperature
selector
Volume control
Auto A/C ON
System OFF
v
“v ”
-In radio mode Push to select a preset station; push and hold to seek the
next strong station.
-In CD mode Push to skip up or down to next/previous track; push and
hold to select a disc.
Center display
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
“MODE”
Push to turn audio ON and select an audio mode. Push and hold to turn
the audio system OFF.
Without navigation system
With navigation system Refer to the “Navigation System Owner’s Manual.”
19
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Audio display
Air Conditioning display
Outside temperature
Trip information display
Pattern selector knob
Display item can be switched by pushing the knob: (1) Entire display
(2) Audio display and Air Conditioning display (3) OFF.
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Air Conditioning/Heating
Display
Without navigation system
With navigation system
Control
Temperature (driver side)
Temperature (passenger side)
Climate control OFF
Air Conditioning ON/OFF
Fresh or recirculated cabin air
Automatic climate control ON
Outside rearview mirror*/Rear defogger
Airflow vent
In “
” mode, use fresh air (“
” indicator OFF) to reduce
window fogging.
Fan speed
“DUAL” button
Indicator ON: Separate temperature settings for driver and
passenger.
Indicator OFF: Synchronize temperature settings for driver and
passenger.
Windshield defogger
* If equipped
20
Seat ventilators/Heaters (if equipped)
With ventilator
OVERVIEW
Heater only
Turn
Push
Turn
Push
Door locks
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Push knob to pop the controller out. Turn clockwise for heater, counterclockwise for ventilator.
Lock
Unlock
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
21
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Power outlets
Auxiliary box
Console box
Engine switch/“ENGINE START STOP” switch must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position to be used.
Cup holders
Front
Rear
Rear with console box
Clock
Without navigation system
H-Hour set
M-Minute set
:00-Round OFF minutes
With navigation system Refer to the “Navigation System Owner’s Manual.”
22
SAFETY AND
EMERGENCY FEATURES
Doors-Child safety locks
Rear door
OVERVIEW
Moving the lever to “LOCK” will allow the door to be opened only from
the outside.
Seat belts
Take up slack
Keep as low on
hips as possible
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Too high
If belt is fully extended, then retracted even slightly, it cannot be reextended beyond that point, unless fully retracted again. This feature is
used to help hold child restraint systems securely.
To find more information about seat belts, and how to install a child
restraint system, refer to the Owner's Manual.
Seat belts-Shoulder belt anchor
23
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Push up, or
squeeze lock
release to lower
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Seat belt comfort guide
Rear seat outside position guides provide added comfort for children who
have outgrown child restraints.
Tire Pressure Warning System reset
System reset initialization
1. Push and hold “ SET” button
until the indicator blinks
three times.
2. Wait a few minutes to allow
initialization to complete.
If tire pressure becomes critically low on any of the tires (including spare),
indicator comes on. Pushing “ SET” button should not turn off the light.
Correctly adjusting tire inflation will turn off the light after a few minutes.
After replacing/rotating tire or wheels, the system must be initialized.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.
24
Trunk-Internal release
OVERVIEW
Pull
Spare tire & tools
Tool location
Luggage floor cover
Spare tire cover
Wheel nut wrench
Jack
Spare tire
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Jack handle
Removing the spare tire
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for tire changing and jack positioning
procedures.
25
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Remove the luggage cover.
Loosen and remove the center fastener.
Remove the spare tire cover.
Customer Experience Center
1-800-331-4331
MN 00505-QRG08-AVA
Printed in the USA 7/07
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Index
1-6. Theft deterrent system....... 75
1
Before driving
1-1. Key information .................. 22
Keys ..................................... 22
1-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors and
trunk .................................. 24
Smart key system.................
Wireless remote control .......
Doors....................................
Trunk ....................................
24
35
39
44
1-3. Adjustable components
(seats, steering wheel,
mirrors) ............................. 46
Front seats ...........................
Rear seats............................
Driving position memory
system................................
Head restraints .....................
Seat belts .............................
Steering wheel .....................
Inside rear view mirror..........
Outside rear view mirrors .....
Correct driving posture ......... 80
SRS airbags ......................... 82
Front passenger occupant
classification system........... 93
Child restraint systems ......... 99
Installing child restraints ..... 102
2 When driving
2-1. Driving procedures........... 114
50
53
54
61
62
64
122
Power windows .................... 66
Moon roof ............................. 69
1-5. Refueling............................. 72
Opening the fuel tank cap .... 72
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information .............. 80
46
48
1-4. Opening and closing the
windows and moon roof.. 66
2
Engine immobilizer system ... 75
Alarm .................................... 77
Theft prevention labels
(U.S.A.)............................... 79
Driving the vehicle ..............
Engine (ignition) switch
(with smart key system)....
Engine (ignition) switch
(without smart key
system) .............................
Automatic transmission ......
Turn signal lever .................
Parking brake .....................
114
126
129
133
134
2-2. Instrument cluster ............ 135
Gauges and meters ............ 135
Indicators and warning
lights ................................. 138
Center display..................... 141
2-3. Operating the lights and
windshield wipers........... 143
Headlight switch.................. 143
Fog light switch ................... 145
Windshield wipers and
washer .............................. 146
2-4. Using other driving
systems ........................... 149
Cruise control...................... 149
Dynamic laser cruise
control ............................... 152
Driving assist systems ........ 163
2-5. Driving information........... 166
Cargo and luggage .............
Vehicle load limits ...............
Winter driving tips ...............
Trailer towing ......................
Dinghy towing .....................
166
169
170
175
176
3 Interior features
3-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger...... 178
Automatic air conditioning
system .............................. 178
Using the steering wheel
climate control switches.... 185
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers.......................... 187
3-2. Using the audio system ... 188
Audio system type ..............
Audio cover ........................
Using the radio ...................
Using the CD player ...........
Playing MP3 and WMA
discs .................................
Optimal use of the audio
system..............................
Using the AUX adapter.......
Using the steering wheel
audio switches..................
188
190
191
198
206
214
216
3
220
223
231
236
241
244
4
5
3-4. Using the interior lights ... 252
Interior lights list ................. 252
6
3-5. Using the storage
features ........................... 255
List of storage features....... 255
3
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2
217
3-3. Using the hands-free
system............................. 220
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone) ...........
Using the hands-free
system..............................
Making a phone call ...........
Setting a cellular phone......
Security and system
setup ................................
Using the phone book ........
1
7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Index
3-6. Other interior features ..... 263
Sun visors ..........................
Vanity mirrors .....................
Clock ..................................
Outside temperature
display ..............................
Ashtrays .............................
Power outlets .....................
Climate control seats/seat
heaters .............................
Armrest...............................
Rear sunshade...................
Floor mats ..........................
Trunk features ....................
Garage door opener...........
Compass ............................
263
264
265
266
267
268
270
272
273
275
276
278
283
4 Maintenance and care
4-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance ................... 300
Do-it-yourself service
precautions .......................
Hood ...................................
Positioning a floor jack........
Engine compartment ..........
Tires....................................
Tire inflation pressure .........
Wheels................................
Air conditioning filter ...........
Key battery .........................
Checking and replacing
fuses .................................
Headlight aim (with
discharge headlights) .......
Light bulbs ..........................
300
303
304
306
322
331
335
337
340
344
353
355
5 When trouble arises
4-1. Maintenance and care...... 288
Cleaning and protecting the
vehicle exterior ................. 288
Cleaning and protecting the
vehicle interior .................. 291
4-2. Maintenance ..................... 294
Maintenance
requirements .................... 294
General maintenance ......... 296
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M)
programs .......................... 299
4
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-1. Essential information ....... 362
If your vehicle needs to be
towed ................................
If you think something is
wrong................................
Fuel pump shut off
system ..............................
Event data recorder ............
362
366
367
368
5-2. Steps to take in an
emergency....................... 370
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds... ...........................
If you have a flat tire............
If the engine will not start ....
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P....................
If you lose your keys ...........
If the electronic key does
not operate properly
(with smart key system) ....
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ........................
If your vehicle overheats .....
If the vehicle becomes
stuck .................................
370
382
391
7 For owners
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners...................... 436
Seat belt instructions for
Canadian owners
(in French)........................ 437
393
394
1
2
Index
395
Abbreviation list ............... 442
397
401
Alphabetical index............ 443
404
What to do if...................... 450
3
4
6 Vehicle specifications
5
6-1. Specifications.................... 406
Maintenance data (fuel,
oil level, etc.)..................... 406
Fuel information .................. 414
Tire information ................... 417
6
6-2. Customization ................... 429
Customizable features ........ 429
7
6-3. Initialization ....................... 433
Items to initialize ................. 433
5
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
For your information
Main Owner’s Manual
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for
equipment not installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustration may differ
from your vehicle in terms of equipment.
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does
not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance,
repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse
effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products. Modification with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance,
safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may
not be covered under warranty.
16
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
As the installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could
affect electronic systems such as the multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, electronic throttle control system, cruise
control system, dynamic laser cruise control system, vehicle stability control
system, SRS airbag system and seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to
check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions regarding installation.
Scrapping of your Toyota
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota
dealer before you scrap your vehicle.
Perchlorate Material
Special handling may apply,
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These components may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote control batteries.
17
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
CAUTION
n General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehicle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that will hurt or kill you,
your occupants or others.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
n General precautions regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
When left unattended, children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the
vehicle into neutral. There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with the cigarette lighter, the windows, the moon roof, or
other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or extremely cold
temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.
18
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Symbols used throughout this manual
Cautions & Notices
CAUTION
This is a warning against anything which may cause injury to people if the
warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do in
order to reduce the risk of injury to yourself and others.
NOTICE
This is a warning against anything which may cause damage to the vehicle or
its equipment if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must
or must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of damage to your Toyota
and its equipment.
Safety symbol
Throughout this manual, you will also see the symbol of a circle with
a slash through it. This means “Do not”, “Do not do this”, or “Do not
let this happen”.
19
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
20
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Before driving
Adjusting and operating features such as door locks,
mirrors, and steering column.
2
When driving
Driving, stopping and safe-driving information.
3
Interior
features
Air conditioning and audio systems, as well as other
interior features for a comfortable driving experience.
4
Maintenance
and care
Cleaning and protecting your vehicle, performing do-ityourself maintenance, and maintenance information.
5
When trouble
arises
What to do if the vehicle needs to be towed, gets a flat
tire, or is involved in an accident.
6
Vehicle
specifications
Detailed vehicle information.
7
For owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners and seat belt
instructions for Canadian owners.
Index
Alphabetical listing of information contained in this
manual.
1
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Pictorial index
Exterior
Windshield wiper P. 146
Moon roof∗
P. 69
Outside rear view
mirror P. 64
Hood P. 303
Side marker light P. 143
Headlight (low beam) P. 143
Turn signal light P. 133
Fog light∗ P. 145
Headlight (high beam) P. 143
6
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Rear window defogger P. 187
Fuel filler door
P. 72
Door
P. 39
Tire
l Rotation
l Replacement
l Inflation pressure
l Information
P. 322
P. 382
Tail/stop light P. 143
Tail lights P. 143
Trunk
P. 44
Back-up light
Turn signal light P. 133
P. 412
P. 417
Side marker light P. 143
∗: If equipped
7
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Pictorial index
Head restraint
Seat belt
P. 53
P. 54
Interior
Door pocket P. 262
Console box P. 257
SRS driver airbag
Power window
switch P. 66
P. 82
SRS knee airbag
P. 82
A
Front passenger
airbag P. 82
Storage compartment ∗
P. 260
Armrest P. 272
Cup holders P. 261
AUX adapter P. 216
Power outlets P. 268
8
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Floor mat P. 275
Front seat
P. 46
Ashtray∗ P. 267
SRS side airbag
P. 82
A
Inside rear view mirror
P. 62
Interior light P. 254
Personal light P. 254
Personal light P. 254
SRS curtain shield airbag
P. 82
Moon roof switch∗
P. 69
Vanity mirror P. 264
Sun visor P. 263
Garage door opener switches∗ P. 278
Compass∗ P. 283
∗: If equipped
9
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Pictorial index
Interior
B
Door lock switch
10
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
P. 39
Window lock switch
P. 66
Power window switches
P. 66
C
Storage compartment∗ P. 260
Navigation system switches*
Cup holders P. 261
Ashtray∗ P. 267
Shift lever P. 129
Shift lock override button P. 393
Seat heater/ventilator switch∗ P. 270
∗: If equipped
*: Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.
11
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Pictorial index
Instrument panel
Gauges and meters P. 135
Headlight switch P. 143
Turn signal lever P. 133
Fog light switch P. 145
Driving position
memory switches∗
Windshield wipers and
washer switch P. 146
Glove box P. 256
P. 50
Tire pressure warning
system P. 323
Parking brake pedal
P. 134
Telescopic lock release
lever P. 61
Tilt lock release lever
P. 61
12
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Trunk opener main switch
P. 44
A
Audio remote control switches P. 217
Telephone switch∗ P. 224
B
“ENGINE START STOP” switch
(vehicles with smart key system) P. 122
Engine switch (vehicles without
smart key system) P. 126
Climate remote control
switches P. 185
Talk switch* P. 224
Distance switch∗ P. 154
Cruise control switch P. 149, 152
∗: If equipped
*: Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.
13
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Pictorial index
Instrument panel
C
Clock P. 265
Center display P. 141
Navigation system*
Emergency flashers
Air conditioning
system P. 178
Rear window and outside rear
view mirror defoggers P. 187
Air conditioning
system P. 178
Audio system
P. 188
14
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
D
Outside rear view mirror switches
Fuel filler door opener
Trunk opener
P. 64
P. 72
P. 44
Rear sunshade switch∗ P. 273
Glass breakage sensor∗
P. 77
∗: If equipped
*: Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.
15
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-1. Key information
Keys
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Vehicles with smart key system
Electronic keys
• Operating the smart key
system (→P. 24)
• Operating
the
wireless
remote control function
(→P. 35)
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
Vehicles without smart key system
Master keys
Operating the wireless remote
control function (→P. 35)
Valet key
Key number plate
22
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-1. Key information
Using the mechanical key (vehicles with smart key system)
Take out the mechanical key.
n When required to leave a key to the vehicle with a parking attendant
Turn the trunk opener main switch OFF, lock the glove box and trunk storage
extension door as circumstances demand. (→P. 44, 277)
l Vehicles with smart key system: Remove the mechanical key for your
own use and provide the attendant with the electronic key only.
l Vehicles without smart key system: Provided the attendant with the valet
key.
n Key number plate
Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle. In the
event that a key is lost, a new key can be made at your Toyota dealer using
the key number plate. (→P. 394)
NOTICE
n To prevent key damage
l Do not disassemble the key.
l Do not subject the keys to strong shocks, expose them to high temperatures by placing them in direct sunlight, or get them wet.
l Do not expose the keys to electromagnetic materials or attach any material that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
23
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
After using the mechanical key,
store it in the electronic key. Carry
the mechanical key together with
the electronic key. If the electronic
key battery is depleted or the
smart key system does not operate properly, you will need the
mechanical key.
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
Smart key system (if equipped)
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying the
electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
(The driver should always carry the electronic key.)
Locks and unlocks the doors (→P. 25)
Unlocks the trunk (→P. 25)
Starts and stops the engine (→P. 122)
24
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
Locking and unlocking the doors
Press the lock button to lock the
door.
1
Before driving
Grip the handle to unlock the
door.
Make sure to touch the sensor on
the back of the handle.
The door cannot be unlocked for
3 seconds after the door is
locked.
Unlocking the trunk
Press the button to unlock the
trunk.
25
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
Antenna location and effective range
n Antenna location
Antennas outside cabin
Antenna outside trunk
Antenna inside trunk
Antennas inside cabin
26
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is
detected)
When locking or unlocking
the doors
When starting the engine or
changing “ENGINE START
STOP” switch modes
The system can be operated
when the electronic key is
inside the vehicle.
When unlocking the trunk
The system can be operated
when the electronic key is
within about 3 ft. (1 m) of the
trunk release button.
27
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
The system can be operated
when the electronic key is
within about 3 ft. (1 m) of an
outside door handles. (Only
the doors detecting the key
can be operated.)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Operation signals
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
n Door lock buzzer
If a door is not fully closed, a buzzer sounds continuously if an attempt to
lock the door is made. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the
vehicle once more.
n Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations,
the communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be
affected, preventing the smart key system and wireless remote control from
operating properly. (Way of coping: →P. 395)
l When the electronic key battery is depleted
l Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise
l When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication devices
l When the electronic key has come into contact with, or is covered by a
metallic object
l When multiple electronic keys are in the vicinity
l When carrying or using the electronic key together with the following
devices that emit radio waves
• Another vehicle’s electronic key
• A wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computer
l If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to
the rear window
28
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Switching the door unlock function
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks.
STEP 1 Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch off.
STEP 2 When the indicator on the key surface is turned off, push and hold
,
, or
for approximately 5 seconds while pushing the
The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below.
(Wait for at least 5 seconds after each operation to continue an operation.)
Unlocking doors
Hold the driver’s door handle to
unlock only the driver’s door
Hold a passenger’s door handle
to unlock all the doors
Hold a door handle to unlock all
doors
Beep
Beeps twice
Beeps twice
STEP 3 Unlock the doors using the wireless remote control and open one of
the doors.
If a door is not opened within 60 second after
is pressed, the
doors will be locked again and the alarm will automatically be set.
In case that the alarm is triggered, immediately stop the alarm.
(→P. 77)
29
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
button on the key.
Relevant doors
1
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Battery-saving function
In the following circumstances, the entry function is disabled in order to prevent the vehicle and electronic key batteries from discharging.
l When the entry function has not been used for 2 weeks or more
l When the electronic key has been left within approximately 3 ft. (1 m) of
the vehicle for 10 minutes or more
The system will resume operation when...
l The vehicle is locked using the door handle lock switch
l The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the wireless remote control function
(→P. 35) or the mechanical key (→P. 395)
n Electronic key battery depletion
l The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years. (The battery becomes depleted
even if the electronic key is not used.) If the smart key system or the
wireless remote control function does not operate, or the detection area
becomes smaller, the battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when
necessary. (→ P. 340)
l To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft.
(1 m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field.
•
•
•
•
TVs
Personal computers
Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
Table lamps
n To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from
the outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the
key may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly.
(The alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention may not function.)
30
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Note for the smart key system
l Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection
areas), the system may not operate properly in the following cases.
l Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to
start the engine if the electronic key is near the window.
l The doors may unlock if a large amount of water splashes on the door
handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is
within the effective range. (The doors will automatically be locked after
approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)
l Gripping the door handle when wearing a glove may not unlock the door.
l If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not
be unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to
unlock the doors.)
l A sudden approach to the effective range or door handle operation may
prevent the doors from being unlocked. In this case, return the door handle to the original position and check that the doors unlock before pulling
the door handle again.
n When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft. (2
m) of the vehicle.
n Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the theft deterrent system automatically locks the vehicle again.
31
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
• The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle,
near the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or
unlocked.
• The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to
the rear bumper center when the trunk is unlocked.
• The electronic key is on the instrument panel, rear package tray or
floor, or in the glove box when the engine is started or “ENGINE
START STOP” switch modes are changed.
l As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may
be locked or unlocked by anyone.
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Alarms and warning indicators
A combination of exterior and interior alarms are used to prevent theft of the
vehicle and unforeseeable accidents resulting from erroneous operation.
Take appropriate measures according to which warning light comes on.
(→P. 370)
The following table describes circumstances and correction procedures
when only alarms are sounded.
Alarm
Situation
Correction procedure
Tried to lock the doors
using the entry function
while the electronic key is
still inside the passenger
compartment
Retrieve the electronic key from the
passenger compartment and lock the
doors again.
Tried to exit the vehicle
with the electronic key and
lock the doors without first
turning the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch off
Turn the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch
off and lock the doors
again.
Closed the trunk while the
electronic key is still inside
and all doors are locked
Retrieve the electronic key from the
trunk and close the
trunk lid.
Exterior alarm
sounds once for
10 seconds
Tried to lock the vehicle
using the entry function
while a door is open
Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.
Interior alarm
sounds once
The electronic key battery
is low.
Replace the battery.
(→P. 340)
Interior alarm
sounds continuously
Tried to open the door and
exit the vehicle without
shifting the shift lever to
“P”
Shift the shift lever to
“P”.
Exterior alarm
sounds once for
2 seconds
32
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
Alarm
Correction procedure
Switched to ACC mode
while the driver’s door is
open (Opened the driver’s
door when the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch is in
ACC mode.)
Turn the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch
off and close the
driver’s door.
Turned the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch off
while the driver’s door is
open
Close the driver’s
door.
1
Before driving
Interior alarm
rings continuously
Situation
n If the smart key system does not operate properly
l Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (→P. 395)
l Starting the engine: →P. 395
n When the electronic key battery is fully depleted
→P. 340
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. smart key system) can be changed.
(Customizable features →P. 429)
n Certification for the smart key system
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: NI4TMLF-1
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
33
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
CAUTION
n Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
l People with implanted pacemakers or cardiac defibrillators should keep
away from the smart key system antennas. (→P. 26)
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary,
the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such
as the frequency of radio waves and timing of emitting the radio waves.
Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.
l Users of any electrical medical device other than implanted pacemakers
and implanted cardiac defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the
device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves. Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of
such medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details for disabling the entry function.
34
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
Wireless remote control
The wireless remote control can be used to lock and unlock the vehicle and the trunk from outside the vehicle.
Vehicles with smart key system
1
Locks all doors
Before driving
Unlocks all doors
Unlocks the trunk
(push and hold)
Sounds alarm
(push and hold) (→P. 78)
Vehicles without smart key system
Locks all doors
Sounds alarm
(push and hold) (→P. 78)
Unlocks all doors
Unlocks the trunk
(push and hold)
n 2-step unlocking function
When you push the
button, the driver’s door is unlocked. Pushing the
button again within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors.
35
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Operation indicator
Doors: A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that
the doors have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked:
Twice)
Trunk: A buzzer sounds to indicate that the trunk has been unlocked.
n Door lock buzzer
→P. 28
n Security feature
→P. 31
n When the key battery is fully depleted
→P. 340
n Conditions affecting operation
Vehicles with smart key system
→P. 28
Vehicles without smart key system
The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the following situations.
lNear a TV tower, radio station, electric power plant, airport or other
facility that generates strong radio waves
lWhen carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless communication device
lWhen multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity
lWhen the wireless key has come into contact with, or is covered by a
metallic object
lWhen a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby
lWhen the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such
as a personal computer
36
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. 2-step unlocking function, trunk unlocking function) can be
changed.
(Customizable features →P. 429)
1
n Certification for wireless remote control
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
NOTICE:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference
in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off
and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or
more of the following measures:
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
l Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
37
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
38
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
Doors
The vehicle can be locked and unlocked using the entry function,
wireless remote control or door lock switch.
n Smart key system
1
→P. 25
Before driving
n Wireless remote control
→P. 35
n Key
Vehicles with smart key system
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical
key. (→P. 395)
Vehicles without smart key system
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
n Door lock switch
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
39
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Inside lock button
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
The front doors can be opened
by pulling the inside handles
even if the lock buttons are in
the lock position.
Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
STEP 1
Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
STEP 2
Close the door.
Vehicles with smart key system
The door cannot be locked if the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is
in the ACC or ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.
The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked.
Vehicles without smart key system
The door cannot be locked if either front door is open and the key
is in the engine switch.
40
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
Rear door child-protector lock
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the locks
are set.
Automatic door locking and unlocking systems
The following functions can be set or canceled:
Function
Operation
Shift position linked
door locking function
Shifting the shift lever out of “P” locks all
doors.
Shift position linked
door unlocking function
Shifting the shift lever to “P” unlocks all
doors.
Speed linked door locking function
All doors are locked when the vehicle speed is
approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) or higher.
Driver’s door linked door
unlocking function
All doors are unlocked when the driver’s door
is opened within 10 seconds after turning the
“ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine
switch off.
41
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down rear door
switches to lock the rear doors.
1
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Setting and canceling the functions
To switch between setting and canceling, follow the procedure
below:
STEP 1
Close all the doors and switch the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch or the engine switch to ON mode. (Perform step 2
within 10 seconds.)
STEP 2
Shift the shift lever to “P” or “N”,
press and hold the driver’s door
lock switch ( or ) for about 5
seconds then release.
The shift lever and switch positions corresponding to the
desired function to be set or canceled are shown as follows.
Function
Shift position linked door locking function
Shift position linked door
unlocking function
Speed linked door locking function
Driver’s door linked door unlocking function
Shift lever
position
Switch position
“P”
“N”
When the setting or canceling operation is complete, all doors are
locked and then unlocked.
42
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. unlocking function using a key) can be changed.
(Customizable features →P. 429)
1
CAUTION
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failing to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out,
resulting in death or serious injury.
l Always use a seat belt.
l Always lock all doors.
l Ensure that all doors are properly closed.
l Do not pull the inside handle of the front door while driving.
l Set the rear door child-protector when children are seated in the rear seat.
43
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
n To prevent an accident
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
Trunk
The trunk can be opened using the trunk opener, smart key system
or wireless remote control.
n Trunk opener
Push the opener switch.
n Smart key system
→P. 25
n Wireless remote control
→P. 35
Canceling the trunk opener feature
Turn the main switch in the glove
box OFF to disable the trunk
opener.
ON
OFF
The trunk lid cannot be opened
even with the wireless remote
control or the smart key system.
44
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors and trunk
n Internal trunk release lever
The trunk lid can be opened by pulling
down on the glow-in-the-dark lever
located on the inside of trunk lid.
n When keeping items in the trunk
Turn off the main switch and lock the glove box and trunk storage extension
door.
The trunk lid can be opened using a loop of wire near the trunk storage
extension door even with the main switch in the glove box turned off.
CAUTION
n While driving
Keep the trunk lid closed.
This not only keeps personal belongings from being thrown out, but also prevents exhaust gases from entering the vehicle.
n When children are in the vehicle
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they may lock themselves
in the vehicle or trunk, which could cause the child to overheat or suffocate,
resulting in death or serious injury.
45
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
The lever will continue to glow for some
time after the trunk lid is closed.
1
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
Front seats
Manual seat
Seatback angle lever
Seat position lever
46
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
Power seat
Seat leg support switch*
Seat position fore/aft switch
1
Seat cushion (front) angle
switch*
Before driving
Vertical height switch*
Seatback angle switch
Lumbar support switch*
*: if equipped
CAUTION
n Reclining adjustment
Do not recline the seat more than necessary when the vehicle is in motion,
to reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt.
If the seat is too reclined, during an accident the lap belt may slide past the
hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen or your neck may
contact the shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury.
n When adjusting the front passenger’s seat from the driver’s seat
Wait until a passenger is seated or have gotten off the front passenger’s seat
before operating the switch to avoid injuring the passenger.
47
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
Rear seats
To adjust the seat back angle, pull the lock release lever.
n Keep the flap area clear
Flap area
48
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Do not place objects on the flap area. If
objects are left in the gap, the reclining
seatback will not lock properly, and may
move unexpectedly.
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
CAUTION
n Reclining adjustment
Do not recline the seat more than necessary when the vehicle is in motion,
to reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt.
49
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
If the seat is too reclined, during an accident the lap belt may slide past the
hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen or your neck may
contact the shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury.
1
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
Driving position memory system (if equipped)
Your preferred driving position (the position of the driver’s seat and
outside rear view mirrors) can be entered into the computer’s memory and recalled with the touch of a button. It is also possible to set
this function to activate automatically when the doors are unlocked.
Two different driving positions can be entered into memory.
n Entering a position to memory
Check that the shift lever is set in “P”.
STEP 1
Switch to ON mode.
STEP 2
Adjust the driver’s seat and outside rear view mirrors to the
desired positions.
STEP 3
While pushing the “SET” button, push button “1” or “2” until
the signal beeps.
If the selected button has
already been preset, the previously recorded position will be
overwritten.
50
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
n Recalling the memorized position
Check that the shift lever is set in “P”.
STEP 1
Switch to ON mode.
1
Before driving
Push button “1” or “2” to recall
the memorized position.
STEP 2
Linking driving position memory with door unlock operation
(vehicles with smart key system)
Memorized driving positions can be recalled when you unlock the
driver’s door using the entry function or wireless remote control and
open the driver’s door.
n Setting the linked door unlock operation
STEP 1
Set the driving positions into the memory system using the “1”
or “2” buttons. (→P. 50)
STEP 2
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to the OFF mode,
then close the driver’s door.
STEP 3
Push the “1” or “2” button on the
driver’s side and the
button
on the wireless remote control at
the same time for about 1 second until you hear a beep.
51
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
STEP 4
Open one of the doors.
If a door is not opened within 60 seconds after
is pressed, the
doors will be locked again and the alarm will automatically be set.
In case that the alarm is triggered, immediately stop the alarm.
(→P. 77)
n Canceling the linked door unlock operation
STEP 1
Close the driver’s door with the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch set to the OFF mode.
STEP 2
Push the “SET” button and the
button on the wireless
remote control at the same time for about 1 second until you
hear 2 beeps.
n Retained accessory power
Each memorized position can be activated within 30 seconds after the corresponding side door is opened, even if the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or
the engine switch is in the OFF mode.
n If any position memory button is pushed while the adjustments are
being made
The operation will stop. To reactivate the system, push the desired button
(“1” or “2”) again.
n If the battery is disconnected
The memorized positions must be reset because the computer’s memory is
erased when the battery is disconnected.
CAUTION
n Seat adjustment caution
Take care during seat adjustment that the seat does not strike the rear passenger.
If this happens, you can stop the movement by pressing another seat position memory button.
52
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
Head restraints
Removal
Lock
release
button
Grip head restraint and remove
while holding the lock release
button.
1
Vertical adjustment
Before driving
Push and hold the lock release
button when lowering the head
restraint.
n Adjusting the height of the head restraints
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
n Adjusting the center rear seat head restraint
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.
CAUTION
n Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
l Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
l Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
l Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
53
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
Seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle.
n Correct use of the seat belts
Extend the shoulder belt so
that it comes fully over the
shoulder, but does not
come into contact with the
neck or slide off the shoulder.
Position the lap belt as low
as possible over the hips.
Adjust the position of the
seatback. Sit up straight
and well back in the seat.
Do not twist the seat belt.
n Fastening and releasing the seat belt
Fastening the belt
Push the tab into the buckle
until a clicking sound is heard.
Releasing the belt
Press the release button.
Release button
54
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
n Adjusting the height of the belt (front seats)
Down
Up
1
Before driving
Move the height adjuster up
and down as needed until you
hear a click.
Seat belt comfort guide (outside rear seats)
If the shoulder belt sits close to a person’s neck, use the seat belt
comfort guide.
STEP 1
Pull the comfort guide from the
pocket.
STEP 2
Slide the belt past the slot of the
guide.
The elastic must be behind the
seat belt.
55
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
STEP 3
Buckle, position and release the
seat belt.
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
The pretensioner helps the seat
belt to quickly restrain the occupant by retracting the seat belt
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal
collision.
The pretensioner may not activate in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a side impact or a rear
impact.
n Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend, and you can move around fully.
n Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and then
retracted even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be
extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly.
To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once
more. (→P. 103)
56
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
n Pregnant women
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (→P. 54)
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only a pregnant woman, but also the fetus
could suffer death or serious injury as a
result of sudden braking or a collision.
n People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (→P. 54)
n Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
l Use a child restraint system appropriately for the child, until the child
become large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 99)
l When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s
seat belt, follow the instructions on P. 54 regarding seat belt usage.
n Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate
for the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
57
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
Women who are pregnant should position
the lap belt as low as possible over the
hips in the same manner as other occupants. Extend the shoulder belt completely over the shoulder and position the
belt across the chest. Avoid belt contact
over the rounding of the abdominal area.
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
n Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened
securely because they are not long
enough, a personalized seat belt
extender is available from your Toyota
dealer free of charge.
CAUTION
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking or an accident. Failing to do so may cause death or serious
injury.
n Wearing a seat belt
l Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
l Always wear a seat belt properly.
l Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at the same time, including children.
l Toyota recommends that children should be seated in the rear seat and
always use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
l Do not recline the seat any more than necessary to achieve a proper seating position. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
l Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
l Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
58
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
CAUTION
n Seat belt pretensioners
l If the pretensioner has activated, the seat belt becomes locked: it cannot
be further extended, nor will it return to the stowed position. The seat belt
cannot be used again and must be replaced at your Toyota dealer.
n Seat belt damage and wear
l Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
l Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from injury.
l Ensure that the belt and tab are locked and the belt is not twisted. If the
seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
l Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
l Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of a seat
belt. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer. Inappropriate handling of the pretensioner may cause it to activate or operate
improperly and may cause death or serious injury.
59
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
l Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger’s seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger’s weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger’s weight properly. As a result, the seat belt
pretensioner for the front passenger’s seat may not activate in the event of
a collision.
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
CAUTION
n Using a seat belt comfort guide
l Make sure the belt is not twisted and that it lies flat. The elastic cord must
be behind the belt and the guide must be on the front.
l To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop
while driving, remove and store the comfort guide in its pocket when it is
not in use.
l Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of the
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the neck, and should not fall
off the shoulder.
Failure to observe these precautions could reduce the effectiveness of the
seat belt in an accident, causing death or serious injury.
n Using a seat belt extender
l Do not wear the seat belt extender, if you can fasten the seat belt without
the extender.
l Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system,
because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increasing the risk of death or injury in the event of a collision.
l The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when
used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the
one originally intended.
NOTICE
n When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the
extender, not on the seat belt.
This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.
60
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
Steering wheel
The steering wheel can be adjusted to a comfortable position.
n To change the angle
Up
1
Down
Before driving
n To change the column length
Toward the driver
Away from the driver
CAUTION
n After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury.
n While driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
61
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
Inside rear view mirror
Glare from the headlights of vehicles behind can be reduced by
using the following functions.
Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Normal position
Anti-glare position
Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror
In auto mode, sensors are used to detect the headlights of vehicles behind and automatically reduces the reflected light.
Press the button for longer
than 3 seconds to turn auto
mode on/off.
The indicator comes on when
auto mode is turned on.
The anti-glare mirror is automatically set to auto whenever
the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch or the engine switch is
turned on.
62
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
n To prevent sensor error (vehicles with auto anti-glare inside rear view
mirror)
To ensure correct functioning of the sensors, do not touch or cover the sensors.
1
Before driving
CAUTION
n While driving
Do not adjust the position of the mirror.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and an accident, or resulting in death or serious injury.
63
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
Outside rear view mirrors
Mirror angle can be adjusted using the switch when the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ACC or ON mode.
STEP 1
Select a mirror to adjust.
Left
Right
STEP 2
Adjust the mirror.
Up
Right
Down
Left
n When the mirrors are fogged up (vehicles with outside rear view mirror
defoggers)
Turn on the mirror heaters to defog the mirrors. (→P. 187)
n Auto anti-glare function (vehicles with auto anti-glare inside rear view
mirror)
When the anti-glare inside rear view mirror is set to auto mode, the outside
rear view mirrors will activate in conjunction with the anti-glare inside rear
view mirror to reduce reflected light. (→P. 62)
n One touch power adjustment
You can store and recall power adjustments such as the driver’s seat and
the outside rear view mirrors. (→P. 50)
64
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, steering wheel, mirrors)
CAUTION
n While driving
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in losing control of the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
Before driving
l Do not adjust the mirrors.
l Before driving, be sure to make an adjustment properly.
n When the mirror heaters are operating (if equipped)
Do not touch the mirror surface as the mirror surface becomes hot.
NOTICE
n If ice should jam the mirror
Do not operate the control or scrape the mirror face. Use a spray de-icer to
free the mirror.
65
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof
Power windows
The power windows can be opened and closed using the following
switches.
Closing
One-touch closing
windows only)*
(front
Opening
One-touch opening (front
windows only)*
*: Pushing
the switch in the
opposite direction will stop window travel partway.
Lock switch
Press the switch down to lock
passenger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent children from accidentally opening or
closing a passenger window.
66
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof
n The power windows can be operated when
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ON mode.
n Operating the power windows after turning the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch or the engine switch off (front windows only)
n Jam protection function (front windows only)
If an object becomes caught between the window and the window frame,
window travel is stopped and the window is opened slightly.
n When the battery is disconnected
The power windows must be initialized in order to ensure proper operation.
(Perform for each window with the switch for each seat.)
STEP 1 Open the window halfway.
STEP 2 Fully close the window by pulling the switch up and continue hold-
ing the switch for 1 second.
The indicator on the switch changes from a flashing pattern to being on
when initial settings are complete.
67
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even
after the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is switched to
ACC mode or turned off. They cannot, however, be operated once the
driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened.
1
1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof
CAUTION
n When closing the windows
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury.
l Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
l Do not allow children to operate the power windows.
Closing a power window on someone can cause death or serious injury.
n Jam protection function (front windows only)
l Never try jamming any part of your body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally.
l The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window fully closes.
68
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof
Moon roof (if equipped)
Use the overhead switches to open, close, and tilt the moon roof up
and down.
n Opening and closing
1
Open
Before driving
Stops just before it is opened
fully. Press the switch again to
fully open.
Close
To stop partway, press the
switch lightly.
n Tilt up and down
Tilt up
Tilt down
To stop partway, press the
switch lightly.
69
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof
n The moon roof can be operated when
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ON mode.
n Operating the moon roof after turning the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch or the engine switch off
The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even after the
“ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is switched to ACC
mode or turned off. It cannot, however, be operated once the driver’s door is
opened.
n Jam protection function
If an object is detected between the moon roof and the frame while closing
or tilting down, travel is stopped and the moon roof opens slightly.
n If the moon roof cannot be closed automatically
Keep the switch depressed.
n To reduce moon roof wind noise
Drive with the moon roof opened automatically (just before fully opened
position).
n Sunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sunshade
will open automatically when the moon roof is opened.
n When the battery is disconnected
The moon roof must be initialized in order to ensure proper operation.
STEP 1 Open the window halfway.
STEP 2 Hold down “TILT UP” switch during the following moon roof
sequence:
Tilt up → Tilt down → Slide open (fully open) → Slide close (fully
close)
STEP 3 To ensure the initialization is complete, make sure automatic open-
ing and closing functions work properly.
70
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof
CAUTION
n When opening the moon roof
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may cause death or serious injury.
1
l Do not sit on top of the moon roof.
n When closing the moon roof
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury.
l Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their bodies in a position where they could be caught when the moon roof is being
operated.
l Do not allow children to operate the moon roof.
Closing the moon roof on someone can cause death or serious injury.
n Jam protection function
l Never try jamming any part of your body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally.
l The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the moon roof fully closes.
71
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
l Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehicle while it is moving.
1-5. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank cap
Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap.
n Before refueling the vehicle
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch
OFF and ensure that all the doors and windows are closed.
n Opening the fuel tank cap
STEP 1
Press the fuel
opener switch.
STEP 2
Turn the fuel tank cap slowly
to open.
STEP 3
Hang the fuel tank cap on the
back of the fuel filler door.
72
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
filler
door
1-5. Refueling
Closing the fuel tank cap
n Fuel types
Use unleaded gasoline. (87 Octane Rating [Research Octane Number 91] or
higher)
n Fuel tank capacity
Approximately 18.5 gal. (70 L, 15.4 Imp. gal.)
n When the fuel filler door opener switch is inoperable
The lever can be used to open the fuel
filler door if the fuel filler door cannot be
opened using the inside switch because
the battery discharged or for any other
reason.
73
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
After refueling, turn the fuel tank
cap clockwise until you hear a
click. The cap will revolve slightly
in the opposite direction once
released.
1-5. Refueling
CAUTION
n When refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do
so, may result in death or serious injury.
l Touch the vehicle or some other metal surface to discharge any static
electricity.
Sparks resulting from discharging static electricity may cause the fuel
vapors to ignite.
l Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot
weather, pressurized fuel may spray out of the filler neck and cause injury.
l Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their
bodies to come close to an open fuel tank.
l Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
l Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
l Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically
charged.
This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition
hazard.
n When replacing the fuel tank cap
Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your
vehicle. Failure to do so may cause a fire or other incident which may result
in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
n Refueling
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Failing to do so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the exhaust systems to operate abnormally or damaging fuel system components or the
vehicle’s painted surface.
74
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-6. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system
The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent the
engine from starting if the key has not been previously registered in
the vehicle’s on-board computer.
1
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
Before driving
The indicator light flashes after
the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch or the engine switch
has been turned off to indicate
that the system is operating.
n System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type of engine immobilizer system.
n Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
l If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object.
l If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle.
n Certifications for the engine immobilizer system
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: MOZRI-21BTY
FCC ID: NI4TMIMB-1
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
75
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-6. Theft deterrent system
For vehicles sold in Canada
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
CAUTION
n Certifications for the engine immobilizer system
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
NOTICE
n For proper system operation
Do not modify, remove or disable the engine immobilizer system. If any
unauthorized changes or modifications are made, the proper operation of
the system cannot be guaranteed.
76
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-6. Theft deterrent system
Alarm (if equipped)
The system sounds the alarm and flashes lights when forcible entry
is detected.
n Triggering the alarm
1
The alarm is triggered in the following situations.
Before driving
l A locked door or trunk is unlocked or opened in any way other
than using the entry function, wireless remote door lock function or using the mechanical key. (The doors will lock again
automatically.)
l The hood is opened while the vehicle is locked.
l Vehicles with the glass breakage sensor: The side windows
are tapped or broken.
n Setting the alarm system
Close the doors, trunk and
hood, and lock all doors. The
system will be set automatically after 30 seconds.
The indicator light changes
from being on to flashing when
the system is set.
n Deactivating or stopping the alarm
Do one of the following to deactivate or stop the alarm.
l Unlock the doors or trunk.
l Start the engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped
after a few seconds.)
77
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-6. Theft deterrent system
n Items to check before locking the vehicle
To prevent unexpected triggering of the alarm and vehicle theft, make sure
of the following:
l Nobody is in the vehicle.
l The windows and moon roof are closed before the alarm is set.
l No valuables or other personal items are left in the vehicle.
n Triggering of the alarm
The alarm may be triggered in the following situations.
(Stopping the alarm deactivates the alarm system.)
l A person inside the vehicle opens a door, the trunk or hood.
l The battery is recharged or replaced when the vehicle is locked.
n Panic mode
Vehicles with smart key system
When
is pushed for longer than
about one second, an alarm will sound for
about 60 seconds and the vehicle lights
will flash to deter any person from trying
to break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, push any button on the
wireless remote control.
Vehicles without smart key system
78
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-6. Theft deterrent system
Theft prevention labels (U.S.A.)
These labels are attached to
the vehicle to reduce vehicle
theft by facilitating the tracing
and recovery of parts from stolen vehicles. Do not remove
under penalty of law.
1
Before driving
79
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
Correct driving posture
Drive with a good posture as follows:
Sit upright and well back in
the seat.
Adjust the position of the
seat forward or backward to
ensure the pedals can be
reached
and
easily
depressed to the extent
required. (→P. 46)
Adjust the seatback so that
the controls are easily operable.
Adjust the tilt and telescopic
positions of the steering
wheel downward so the airbag is facing your chest.
(→P. 61)
Lock the head restraint in
place with the center of the
head restraint closest to the
top of your ears. (→P. 53)
Wear the seat belt correctly.
(→P. 54)
80
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n While driving
l Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
1
l Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an accident. The adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
n Adjusting the seat position
l Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passengers are not injured by the moving seat.
l Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
81
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
l Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint, increasing the risk of
death or serious injury to the driver or passenger.
1-7. Safety information
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce the
risk of death or serious injury.
Front airbags
Driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passenger from impact with interior components.
Knee airbag
Can help provide driver protection.
Side and curtain shield airbags
Side airbag
Can help protect the torso of the front occupants.
Curtain shield airbag
Can help protect primarily the head of front occupants and rear
outboard occupants.
82
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
Airbag system components
1
Before driving
Front airbag sensor
Driver’s seat position sensor
Front passenger airbag
Knee airbag
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG
OFF” indicator lights
Airbag sensor assembly
Side airbag
Curtain shield airbag
Side and curtain shield airbag
sensor
SRS warning light
Curtain shield airbag sensor
Occupant detection system
(ECU and sensors)
Front passenger’s seat belt
buckle switch
Driver airbag
Driver’s
switch
seat
belt
buckle
83
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
Your vehicle is equipped with “ADVANCED AIRBAGS” designed
based on US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag system controls airbag deployment power for the driver and front
passenger. The driver airbag system consists of the driver seat’s
position sensor etc. The front passenger’s airbag system consists of
the front passenger occupant classification sensor etc.
In certain types of severe frontal or side impacts, the SRS airbag system triggers the airbag inflators. A chemical reaction in the inflators
quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain the motion
of the occupants.
n If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
l Bruising and slight abrasions may result from contact with a deploying
(inflating) SRS airbag.
l A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
l Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator)
as well as the seats, and parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side
rail, may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
l The windshield may crack.
84
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
n Operating conditions (front airbags)
l The SRS front airbags will deploy if the severity of the frontal impact is
above the designed threshold level, comparable to an approximate 15
mph (25 km/h) collision, when the vehicle impacts straight into a fixed
barrier that does not move or deform.
l It is possible that in some collisions where the forward deceleration of the
vehicle is very close to the designed threshold level, the SRS front airbags and the seat belt pretensioners may not activate together.
l The SRS front passenger airbags will not activate, if there is no passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the front passenger airbag may deploy, if heavy luggage is put, even if the seat is unoccupied.
(→P. 93)
n Operating conditions (side and curtain shield airbags)
l The SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags are designed to inflate
when the passenger compartment is subjected to a severe impact the
side.
l The SRS side airbag on the passenger seat will not activate, if there is no
passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the side airbag
on the passenger seat may deploy, if heavy luggage is put, even if the
seat is unoccupied. (→P. 93)
n Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other
than a collision
The SRS front airbags may also deploy if a serious impact occurs to the
underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration.
l Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or
hard surface
l Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
l Landing hard or vehicle falling
85
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher if the vehicle
strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or
deform on impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an underride collision (e.g.
a collision in which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the
bed of a truck, etc.).
1-7. Safety information
n Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbag (front airbags)
The SRS front airbags are generally not designed to inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a lowspeed frontal collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
l Collision from the side
l Collision from the rear
l Vehicle rollover
n Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbag
(side and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side airbag and curtain shield airbag system may not activate if the
vehicle is subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
l Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compartment
l Collision from the side at an angle
The SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags are generally not designed
to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a frontal or rear collision, if it rolls over,
or if it is involved in a low-speed side collision.
l Collision from the front
l Collision from the rear
l Vehicle rollover
86
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
n When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Do
not disconnect the battery cables before contacting your Toyota dealer.
l Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
1
l A portion of the doors is damaged or
deformed, or the vehicle was involved
in an accident that was not severe
enough to cause the SRS side airbags
and curtain shield airbags to inflate.
l The pad section of the steering wheel,
front passenger airbag cover or lower
portion of the instrument panel is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
l The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
l The portion of the front pillars, rear pillars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
87
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
l The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS airbags to inflate.
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the airbags. Failure to do so
may cause death or serious injury.
l The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
l The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”) advises:
Since the risk zone for driver airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm) of
inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag provides
you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10 in. (250
mm) away now, you can change your driving position in several ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat. Although vehicle designs vary,
many drivers can achieve the 10 in. (250 mm) distance, even with the
driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the seat
somewhat. If reclining the back of your seat makes it hard to see the
road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-slippery cushion, or raise the
seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while still
maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view of the
instrument panel controls.
88
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n SRS airbag precautions
l The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the airbag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
l Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
the safest for infants and children. (→P. 99)
89
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
l If the seat belt extender has been connected to the driver’s seat belt buckle
but the seat belt extender has not also
been fastened to the latch plate of the
driver’s seat belt, the SRS driver’s airbag system will judge that the driver is
wearing the seat belt even though the
seat belt has not been connected. In
this case, the driver’s airbag may not
activate correctly in a collision, resulting
in death or serious injury in the event of
collision. Be sure to wear the seat belt
with the seat belt extender.
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n SRS airbag precautions
l Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
l Do not allow a child to sit on the knees
of a front passenger while the vehicle is
moving.
l Do not drive the vehicle while the driver
or passenger have items resting on
their knees.
l Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pillars.
l Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seat toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
90
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n SRS airbag precautions
l Do not attach anything to areas such as
the door, windshield glass, side door
glass, front and rear pillars, roof side
rail or assist grip.
l Do not hang coat hangers or other hard
objects on the coat hooks. All of these
items could become projectiles and
seriously injure or kill you, should the
SRS curtain shield airbag deploy.
l Vehicles without smart key system: Do
not attach any heavy, sharp or hard
objects such as keys or accessories to
the key. The objects may restrict the
SRS knee airbag inflation or be thrust
into the driver’s seat area by the force
of the deploying airbag, thus causing a
danger.
91
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
l Do not attach anything to or lean anything against areas such as the dashboard, steering wheel pad or lower
portion of the instrument panel. These
items can become projectiles when
SRS driver, front passenger and knee
airbags deploy.
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
l If the vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS knee airbag will deploy,
be sure to remove it.
l Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the airbags.
l Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS airbag components shown on P. 83. Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to
malfunction.
l Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
l If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbag has deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
l If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnish, are damaged or cracked, have them
replaced by your Toyota dealer.
n Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbag may malfunction or
deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury.
l Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
l Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rail
l Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment
l Installation of snow plows, winches, etc. to the front grille (bull bars, kangaroo bar etc.)
l Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system
l Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios or CD
players
l Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability
92
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
Front passenger occupant classification system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system. This system detects the conditions of the front passenger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for front passenger.
1
Before driving
SRS warning light
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light
“AIR BAG ON” indicator light
93
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system
n Adult*1
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
ON”
SRS warning light
Off
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
Flashing*2
Front passenger airbag
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Devices
Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side
Activated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
n Child*3 or child restraint system*4
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF”*5
SRS warning light
Off
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
Flashing*2
Front passenger airbag
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Devices
94
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Deactivated
Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side
Activated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
Activated
1-7. Safety information
n Unoccupied
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
SRS warning light
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Devices
1
Off
Deactivated
Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side
Activated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
Deactivated
n System malfunction
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF”
SRS warning light
On
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
Off
Front passenger airbag
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Devices
Deactivated
Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side
Activated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
Activated
95
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
Front passenger airbag
Not illuminated
1-7. Safety information
*1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a
*2:
*3:
*4:
*5:
smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and
posture.
In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
When a large child who has outgrown a child restraint system
sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/
her as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.
Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only
be installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable.
(→P. 99)
In case the indicator is not illuminated, consult this manual as for
installing the child restraint system properly. (→P. 102)
96
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding front passenger occupant classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
l Make sure the front passenger’s seat belt tab has not been left inserted
into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat.
l Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using
the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat
belt buckle, then reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender
after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you
use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, the front passenger airbag, side airbag on the front passenger side
may not activate correctly, which could cause death or serious injury in the
event of collision.
l Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or
feet on the front passenger seatback from the rear passenger seat.
l Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or
press on the seatback with their legs.
l Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.
l Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a rear
seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to be illuminated,
which indicates that the passenger’s airbags will not deploy in the event of
a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the rear seat. Keep the front
passenger seatback as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving.
Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the effectiveness of the
seat belt system.
l If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light is illuminated, If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the
passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and
with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still
remain illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or if
that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.
97
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
l Wear the seat belt properly.
1
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
l When it is unavoidable to install the forward-facing child restraint system
on the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front
passenger seat in the proper order. (→P. 102)
l Do not modify or remove the front seats.
l Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Otherwise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction on the
detection system. In this case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
l Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
l Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion or seat cover, that covers
the seat cushion surface.
98
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
Child restraint systems
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be properly restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder
belt.
1
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. and Canada now require the
use of child restraint systems.
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one to the front passenger seat.
l Choose a child restraint system appropriate to the age and size of
the child.
l For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the
child restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(→P. 102)
Types of child restraints
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types
according to the age and size of the child.
Infant seat
99
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
Points to remember
1-7. Safety information
Convertible seat
Booster seat
n Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
Get an appropriate child restraint system for the child. If a child is too large
for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat and use the vehicle’s
seat belt. (→P. 54)
CAUTION
n Child restraint precautions
l For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle’s interior.
100
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n When the child restraint system is not in use
l Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the restraint unsecured in the passenger compartment.
l If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the trunk. This will prevent it from injuring
passengers in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
101
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
n Child restraint precautions
l Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that conforms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
than in the front seat.
l Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat even if “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated. In the event of an
accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-facing child restraint
system is installed on the front passenger seat.
l A forward-facing child restraint system should allowed to be installed on
the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the
seat as far back as possible even if “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured.
l Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system
with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of collision.
l Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front pillar or roof side rail from
which the side airbags or curtain shield airbags deploy even if the child is
seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbags and
curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact could cause death or serious
injury to the child.
l Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
1-7. Safety information
Installing child restraints
Follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions. Firmly
secure child restraints to the outboard rear seats using a seat belt or
a child restraint lower anchor belt. Attach the top strap when installing a child restraint.
Seat belts equipped with a
child restraint locking mechanism (ALR/ELR belts except
driver’s seat belt) (→P. 56)
Child restraint lower anchorages
Lower anchorages are provided for the outboard rear
seats. (Buttons displaying the
location of the anchorages are
attached to the seats.)
Anchor bracket
(for top strap)
Anchor brackets are provided
for all rear seats.
102
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock
function belt)
n Rear-facing ⎯ Infant seat/convertible seat
Place the child restraint system
on the rear seat facing the rear
of the vehicle.
STEP 2
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and insert
the plate into the buckle. Make
sure that the belt is not twisted.
STEP 3
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and then allow it to retract
slightly in order to activate the
ALR lock mode.
Lock mode allows the seat belt to
retract only.
103
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
STEP 1
1-7. Safety information
STEP 4
While pushing the child restraint
system down into the rear seat,
allow the shoulder belt to retract
until the child seat is securely in
place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there is
no slack in the belt, pull the belt to
check that it cannot be extended.
n Forward-facing ⎯ Convertible seat
STEP 1
Place the child restraint system
on the seat facing the front of the
vehicle.
STEP 2
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and insert
the plate into the buckle. Make
sure that the belt is not twisted.
104
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
STEP 3
Fully extend the shoulder strap
and then allow it to retract
slightly into the ALR lock mode.
Lock mode allows the seat belt to
retract only.
While pushing the child restraint
system into the rear seat, allow
the shoulder belt to retract until
the child restraint system is
securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there is
no slack in the belt, pull the belt to
check that it cannot be extended.
105
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Before driving
STEP 4
1
1-7. Safety information
n Booster seat
STEP 1
Place the booster seat on the
seat facing the front of the vehicle.
STEP 2
Sit the child in the booster seat.
Fit the seat belt to the booster
seat according to the manufacturer’s instructions and insert the
plate into the buckle. Make sure
that the belt is not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is
correctly positioned over the
child’s shoulder, and that the lap
belt is as low as possible.
(→P. 54)
Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
106
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
Installation with child restraint lower anchorages
STEP 1
Most
leaned
position
Adjust the seatback to the most
leaned position.
1
Before driving
STEP 2
Widen the gap between the seat cushion and seatback
slightly.
Type A
STEP 3
Latch the hooks of the lower
straps onto the anchorages.
If the child restraint has a top
strap, the top strap should be
latched onto the anchorage.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower anchorage system.
Canada only
107
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
Type B
STEP 3
Latch the buckles
anchorages.
onto
the
If the child restraint has a top
strap, the top strap should be
latched onto the anchorage.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower anchorage system.
Canada only
Child restraint systems with a top strap
STEP 1
108
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Secure the child restraint using a
seat belt or lower anchors, and
lock the head restraint in place at
the lowest position.
1-7. Safety information
STEP 2
Open the anchor bracket cover,
latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top strap.
Make sure the top strap is
securely latched.
Before driving
n Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages
Anchorages conform to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifications can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to the SAE J1819.
CAUTION
n When installing a booster seat
Do not fully extend the shoulder belt to prevent the belt from going to ALR
lock mode: (→P. 56)
l ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only which could cause injury or discomfort to the child.
l Do not allow the child to play with the seat belt or the child could be killed
or serious injured.
109
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be injured or even killed in the event of sudden braking or
an accident.
l If the driver’s seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach
the child restraint system to the righthand rear seat.
l Only put a forward-facing child seat on
the front seat when unavoidable. When
installing a forward-facing child restraint
on the front passenger seat, move the
seat as far back as possible even if
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated. Failing to do so may result in
death or serious injury if the airbags
deploy (inflate).
l When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of an accident or sudden braking.
l Ensure that the belt and tab are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
l Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure it
is secure.
l Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
110
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n Do not use a seat belt extender
n To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchorages
When using the lower anchorages, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchorages and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
seat. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached, or it may
cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of
a sudden stop or accident.
111
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
1
Before driving
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the
seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause
death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a collision.
1-7. Safety information
112
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-1. Driving procedures
Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe driving.
n Starting the engine
→P. 122, 126
n Driving
STEP 1
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to “D”.
(→P. 129)
STEP 2
Release the parking brake.
STEP 3
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently push the
accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
(→P. 134)
n Stopping
STEP 1
With the shift lever in “D”, push the brake pedal.
STEP 2
If necessary, set the parking brake.
When the vehicle is stopped for an extended period of time, shift
the shift lever to “P”.
(→P. 129)
n Parking the vehicle
STEP 1
With the shift lever in “D”, push the brake pedal.
STEP 2
Set the parking brake.
(→P. 134)
STEP 3
Shift the shift lever to “P”.
(→P. 129)
STEP 4
Stop the engine.
STEP 5
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your
person.
Starting on a steep incline
STEP 1
Firmly set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to “D”.
STEP 2
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
STEP 3
Release the parking brake.
114
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-1. Driving procedures
n Driving in the rain
l Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the
windows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
l Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be
especially slippery.
l Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road
surface, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
2
n Breaking in your new Toyota
l For the first 186 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
l For the first 1000 miles (1600 km):
•
•
•
•
Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
Avoid sudden acceleration.
Do not drive continuously in the low gears.
Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
n Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (→P. 408)
115
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
To extend the life of the vehicle, the following precautions are recommended
to observe:
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When starting the vehicle
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
n When driving the vehicle
l Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accelerator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident
that could result in death or serious injury.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a difficulty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly, allowing you to depress the brake and accelerator
pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, resulting in an accident.
l Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. This may
cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
l Do not let the vehicle roll backwards while the shift lever is in a driving
position, or roll forward while the shift lever is in “R”.
Doing so may cause the engine not to operate or lead to poor brake and
steering performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
l If the smell of exhaust is noticed inside the vehicle, open the windows and
check that the trunk is closed.
Large amounts of exhaust in the vehicle can cause driver drowsiness and
an accident, resulting in death or a serious health hazard. Have the cause
of the problem inspected immediately.
l Do not under any circumstances shift the shift lever to “P”, “R” or “N” while
the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can cause significant damage to the transmission and may result
in a loss of vehicle control.
116
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When driving the vehicle
l Do not shift the shift lever to “N” while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so may cause the engine brake not to operate properly and lead to
an accident.
l Do not turn the engine off while driving.
The power steering and brake booster will not operate properly if the
engine is not running.
l Be careful when driving on slippery surfaces, as the vehicle may spin or
skid when downshifting, rapidly accelerating, braking or turning.
l Do not adjust the position of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or
outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control that can cause accidents
that may result in death or serious injury.
l Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their bodies are not outside the vehicle, as this may result in death or serious injury.
117
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2
When driving
l Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving
down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (→P. 131)
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When driving on slippery road surfaces
l Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle, resulting in an accident.
l Sudden changes in engine speed, such as engine braking caused by upshifting or down-shifting, may cause the vehicle to skid, resulting in an
accident.
l After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected, resulting in
an accident.
n When shifting the shift lever
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident and result in death or serious injury.
n When the vehicle is stopped
l Do not race the engine.
If the vehicle is in any gear other than “P” or “N” the vehicle may accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, and may cause an accident.
l Do not leave the vehicle with the engine on for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space
and check that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
l Always keep a foot on the brake pedal while the engine is running to prevent an accident caused by the vehicle moving.
118
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When the vehicle is parked
l Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Failure to do so may result in the following:
l Do not touch the exhaust pipe while the engine is running or immediately
after turning the engine off.
Doing so may cause burns.
l Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build up, or where
snow is expected to fall.
Exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to death or a
serious health hazard.
n Exhaust gases
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO) that is colorless and
odorless. Inhaling exhaust gases may lead to death or a serious health hazard.
l If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area, stop the engine. In a closed
area, such as a garage, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
This may lead to death or a serious health hazard.
l The exhaust should be checked occasionally. If there is a hole or crack
caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be
sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer.
Failure to do so may allow exhaust gases to enter the vehicle, resulting in
death or a serious health hazard.
119
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2
When driving
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of eye glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s electrical components.
l Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to “P”, stop the engine
and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the engine off.
Otherwise, you may accidentally move the shift lever or press the accelerator pedal, which could cause an accident or fire due to abnormal engine
overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly ventilated area,
exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to death or a serious health hazard.
n When braking the vehicle
l If the power brake assist function does not operate, do not follow other
vehicles closely and avoid downhill or sharp turns that require making.
In this case, braking is still possible, but it will require more force on the
pedal than usual. Braking distance may also increase.
l Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls.
Each push on the pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted
brakes.
l The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems: if one of the
systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal
should be depressed more firmly than usual and braking distance
becomes longer.
Do not drive your vehicle with only a single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
NOTICE
n While driving the vehicle
Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress accelerator and brake pedals
together to hold the vehicle on a hill.
n When parking the vehicle
Always put the shift lever in “P”. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to
move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.
120
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-1. Driving procedures
NOTICE
n Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
l Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for a
long time.
Doing so may damage the power steering pump.
l When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
n If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indicators)
n If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually press the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle.
l It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
l The vehicle will make abnormal sounds.
l The vehicle will behave abnormally.
Replace a flat tire with a new one. (→P. 385)
n When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle.
l Engine stalling
l Short in electrical components
l Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following.
l Brake function
l Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine, transmission, differentials, etc.
l Lubricant condition for the bearings and suspension joints (where possible) and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.
121
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
Have your Toyota dealer check and replace the brake pads as soon as possible.
The rotor damage can result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
2
2-1. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch (with smart key system)
n Starting the engine
STEP 1
Check that the parking brake is set.
STEP 2
Check that the shift lever is set in “P”.
STEP 3
Sit in the driver’s seat and firmly depress the brake pedal.
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch indicator turns green.
STEP 4
122
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Press the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch.
2-1. Driving procedures
n Changing engine (ignition) switch mode
Modes can be switched by pressing the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch when carrying the electronic key on your person.
OFF*
Emergency flashers can be
used.
ACC mode
2
The “ENGINE START STOP”
switch indicator turns amber.
ON mode
All electrical components can
be used.
The “ENGINE START STOP”
switch indicator turns amber.
*: The power cannot be switched to OFF unless the shift lever is in “P”.
123
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
Some electrical components
such as the audio system can
be used.
2-1. Driving procedures
n When the steering lock cannot be released
The green indicator light on the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch will flash. Press the
“ENGINE START STOP” switch again
while turning the steering wheel slightly in
either direction.
n If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 75)
n When the “ENGINE START STOP” switch indicator flashes in amber
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
n Auto power OFF function
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch will automatically turn OFF when left in
ACC mode for 1 hour or more.
n Electronic key battery depletion
→P. 30
n When the electronic key battery is discharged
→P. 340
n Conditions affecting operation
→P. 28
n Leak detection pump
Several hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear a sound coming
from underneath the luggage compartment for several minutes. This is normal operation and does not indicate a malfunction.
124
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not press the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
n While driving
Do not touch the “ENGINE START STOP” switch while driving.
Pressing and holding the “ENGINE START STOP” switch will stop the
engine, which may lead to an accident.
When driving
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the “ENGINE START STOP” switch in ACC or ON mode for
long periods if the engine is not running.
n When starting the engine
l Do not race the engine.
l If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have the engine
checked immediately.
125
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2
2-1. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch (without smart key system)
n Starting the engine
STEP 1
Check that the parking brake is set.
STEP 2
Check that the shift lever is set in “P”.
STEP 3
Sit in the driver’s seat and firmly depress the brake pedal.
STEP 4
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position and start
the engine.
n Engine (ignition) switch
“LOCK” (OFF)
The steering wheel is locked
and the key can be removed.
“ACC” (ACC mode)
Some electrical components
such as the audio system can
be used.
“ON” (ON mode)
All electrical components can
be used.
“START”
For starting the engine.
n Turning the key from “ACC” to “LOCK”
126
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
STEP 1
Shift the shift lever to “P”.
STEP 2
Push in the key and turn to
the “LOCK” position.
2-1. Driving procedures
n When the steering lock cannot be released
When starting the engine, the engine
switch may seem stuck in the “LOCK”
position. To free it, turn the key while turning the steering wheel slightly in either
direction.
2
n If the engine does not start
n Key reminder function
A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened, while the engine switch is in
OFF or ACC mode to remind you to remove the key.
CAUTION
n When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not press the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
n While driving
Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position.
If in an emergency, you must turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving,
turn the key only to the “ACC” position.
127
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 75)
2-1. Driving procedures
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the key in the “ACC” or “ON” position for long periods without
the engine running.
n When starting the engine
l Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat the
starter and wiring systems.
l Do not race the cold engine.
l If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have the engine
checked immediately.
128
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-1. Driving procedures
Automatic transmission
Select a shift position appropriate for the driving conditions.
n Shifting the shift lever
While the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch
or the engine switch is
in ON mode, depress
the brake pedal and
move the shift lever.
2
When driving
“S” mode driving position
129
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-1. Driving procedures
n Shift position uses
Shift position
Function
“P”
Parking the vehicle or starting the engine
“R”
Reversing
“N”
Neutral
“D”
Normal driving*1
“S” mode driving*2 (→P. 131)
*1: To improve fuel consumption and reduce noises, set the shift lever in
the “D” position for normal driving.
* : By selecting shift ranges using “S” mode, you can control engine brak2
ing forces.
130
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-1. Driving procedures
Changing shift ranges in “S” mode
Shift the shift lever to the “S” mode driving position and operate the
shift lever.
Upshifting
Downshifting
2
n Shift ranges and their functions
l You can choose from 6 levels of engine braking force.
l A lower shift range will provide greater engine braking force than
a higher shift range, and the engine revolutions will also
increase.
131
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
The initial shift range in “S” mode is automatically set to “5” or “4”
according to the vehicle’s speed. (→P. 132)
2-1. Driving procedures
n Down shifting restrictions warning buzzer (in the “S” mode)
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may
sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be
possible even when the shift lever is operated. (The warning buzzer will
sound twice.)
n When driving with the cruise control system (or dynamic laser cruise
control system)
The engine brake will not operate in the “S” mode, even when downshifting
to “5” or “4”. (→P. 149, 152)
n If the shift lever cannot be shifted from “P”
→P. 393
n If the “S” indicator does not come on even after shifting the shift lever
to “S” mode driving position
This may indicate a malfunction in the automatic transmission system. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
(In this situation, the vehicle will operate as if the shift lever is in “D”.)
n AI-SHIFT
The AI-SHIFT automatically shifts the gear to the optimal position according
to the driver’s input and driving conditions.
The AI-SHIFT automatically operates when the shift lever is in the “D” position. (Shifting the shift lever to the “S” mode driving position cancels the function.)
132
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-1. Driving procedures
Turn signal lever
Left turn
Right turn
Move and hold the lever
partway to signal a lane
change
The left hand signal will flash
until you release the lever.
The right hand signal will flash
until you release the lever.
n Turn signals can be operated when
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ON mode.
n If the indicators flash faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
133
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2
When driving
Move and hold the lever
partway to signal a lane
change
2-1. Driving procedures
Parking brake
U.S.A.
Canada
Sets the parking brake*
(Depressing the pedal again
releases the parking brake.)
*: Fully
depress the parking
brake pedal with your left
foot while depressing the
brake pedal with your right
foot.
NOTICE
n Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.
134
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-2. Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters
2
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute.
Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank.
Low fuel level warning light
→P. 372
Odometer/trip meter and trip meter reset button
→P. 136
135
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
The units used on the speedometer may differ depending on the
target region.
2-2. Instrument cluster
Odometer/Trip meter display
Odometer
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter
was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display different distances independently.
Dynamic laser cruise control display
→P. 152
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
Odometer and trip meter display button
Pressing this button switches among odometer and trip meter when
the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is on.
Odometer
Trip meter A
Trip meter B
Pushing and holding the button
will reset the trip meter.
136
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-2. Instrument cluster
Instrument panel light control
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted.
Darker
Brighter
2
When driving
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the engine and its components
l Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which
indicates the maximum engine speed.
l The engine may be overheating if the temperature gauge is in the red
zone (“H”). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Check the engine after it has cooled completely. (→P. 401)
137
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-2. Instrument cluster
Indicators and warning lights
The indicator and warning lights on the instrument cluster and center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s various systems.
Instrument cluster
The units used on the speedometer and some indicators may differ
depending on the target region.
Center display
138
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-2. Instrument cluster
n Indicators
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the
vehicle’s various systems.
(Canada)
Cruise control indicator
(→P. 149)
Headlight high beam
indicator (→P. 143)
Cruise control indicator
(→P. 149, 152)
Headlight indicator
(→P. 143)
*
2
Ready mode indicator
(→P. 152)
When driving
(U.S.A.)
Turn signal indicator
(→P. 133)
(if equipped)
Tail light indicator
(→P. 143)
Security indicator
(→P. 75, 77)
(if equipped)
Conventional cruise
indicator (→P. 152)
*
Slip indicator (→P. 163)
(if equipped)
*
Shift position and shift
range indicators
(→P. 129)
SRS airbag on-off
indicator (→P. 93)
139
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-2. Instrument cluster
n Warning lights
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated
vehicle’s systems. (→P. 370)
*
*
*
(U.S.A.)
*
*
*
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
(U.S.A.)
*
*
*
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
*
*
*
*
(Canada) (if equipped)
*
*
(if equipped)
*
(if equipped) (if equipped)
*:These lights turn on when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the
engine switch is turned to ON mode to indicate that a system check is
being performed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after
a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if the lights
do not come on, or turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
n If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as ABS and the SRS airbag warning light
not come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems
are not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in
death or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately if this occurs.
140
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-2. Instrument cluster
Center display
The center display provides information including your vehicle’s
driving condition, outside temperature.
Vehicles with navigation system
Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.
Vehicles without navigation system
2
When driving
Audio display (→P. 188)
Air conditioning display (→P. 178)
Outside temperature display (→P. 266)
Trip information display
Displays driving range, fuel consumption and other cruising related
information.
Pattern selector knob
Display items can be switched by pushing the knob.
All the display → Audio display and air conditioning display → off
141
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-2. Instrument cluster
Trip information
n Driving range
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be
driven with the quantity of fuel remaining.
l This distance is computed based on your average fuel
consumption. As a result, the actual distance that can be
driven may differ from that displayed.
l When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the
display may not be updated.
n Average fuel consumption after refueling
Displays the average fuel consumption since the vehicle
was last refueled.
n Elapsed time
Displays the elapsed time since the engine was started
or since the function was reset.
The function can be reset when the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch or the engine switch is turned off.
CAUTION
n The center display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display
monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
142
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-3. Operating the lights and windshield wipers
Headlight switch
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
Canada
U.S.A.
2
The headlights and all lights listed above turn on.
The headlights and all the lights listed above turn on and off
automatically. (When the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or
the engine switch is in ON mode.)
Turn off the daytime running light system.
(if equipped)
Turning on the high beam headlights
With the headlights on, push
the lever forward to turn on the
high beams.
Pull the lever back to the center
position to turn the high beams
off.
Pull the lever toward you to
turn on the high beams.
Release to turn them off. You can
flash the high beams with the
headlights on or off.
143
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
The side marker, parking, tail, license plate and instrument
panel lights turn on.
2-3. Operating the lights and windshield wipers
n Daytime running light system (if equipped)
To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers, the headlights turn on
automatically (at a reduced intensity) whenever the engine is started and the
parking brake is released. Daytime running lights are not designed for use at
night.
n Headlight control sensor
The sensor may not function properly if
an object is placed on the sensor, or anything that blocks the sensor is affixed to
the windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight control system to malfunction.
n Automatic light off system
The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 seconds after a door is opened or
closed if the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch has been
switched to ACC or turned OFF while the headlights are turned on. (The
lights turn off immediately if the
button on the key is pressed after all
doors are locked.)
To turn the lights on again, switch to ON mode, or turn the light switch OFF
or
position.
once and then back to the
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be changed.
(Customizable features →P. 429)
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary if the engine is not running.
144
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-3. Operating the lights and windshield wipers
Fog light switch (if equipped)
The fog lights improve visibility in difficult driving conditions, such
as in rain or fog. They can be turned on only when the headlights are
on low beam.
OFF
ON
2
When driving
145
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-3. Operating the lights and windshield wipers
Windshield wipers and washer
n Intermittent wiper with interval adjuster (if equipped)
Wiper intervals can be adjusted for intermittent operation (when
“INT” is selected).
Intermittent wiper interval
adjustment (increase)
Intermittent wiper interval
adjustment (decrease)
Intermittent wiper operation
Low speed wiper operation
High speed wiper operation
Temporary operation
Wash/wipe operation
n Raindrop detection windshield wipers (if equipped)
With “AUTO” selected, the wipers will operate automatically
when the sensor detects falling rain. The system automatically
adjusts wiper timing in accordance with rain volume and vehicle
speed.
Sensor sensitivity (low)
Sensor sensitivity (high)
Raindrop detection wiper
operation
Low speed wiper operation
High speed wiper operation
Temporary operation
Wash/wipe operation
146
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-3. Operating the lights and windshield wipers
n The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ON mode.
n Dripping prevention wiper sweep
After washing and wiping operation several times, the wipers operate one
more time after a short delay to prevent dripping.
However, the last sweep will not happen if the vehicle is traveling above 106
mph (170 km/h).
2
n Effects of vehicle speed on wiper operation
l Intermittent wiper interval (“INT” mode)
l Wiper operation when the washer is being used (delay until drip prevention wiper sweep occurs)
With “LO” selected, wiper operation will be switched from low speed to intermittent wiper operation only when the vehicle is stationary.
n Rain drop sensor (vehicles equipped with the raindrop detection windshield wipers)
The sensor judges the amount of raindrops.
n If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
147
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
Vehicle speed affects the following even when the wipers are not in “AUTO”
mode.
2-3. Operating the lights and windshield wipers
n In extremely hot or cold weather
The system will turn off if the windshield gets extremely hot (at more than
176°F [80°C]) or cold (at less than 14°F [-10°C]).
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. drip prevention function) can be changed.
(Customizable features →P. 432)
CAUTION
n Caution regarding the use of windshield wipers in “AUTO” mode
The windshield wipers may operate unexpectedly if the sensor is touched or
the windshield is subject to vibration in “AUTO” mode. Take care that your
fingers or anything else do not become caught in the windshield wipers.
NOTICE
n When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
n When there is no washer fluid spray from the nozzle
Damage to the washer fluid pump may be caused if the lever is pulled
toward you and held continually.
148
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
Cruise control
Use the cruise control to maintain a set speed without using the
accelerator.
n Set the vehicle speed
STEP 1
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
operate the cruise control.
Push the button once more to
deactivate the cruise control.
Accelerate or decelerate to
the desired speed and press
the lever down to set the
cruise control speed.
n Adjusting the speed setting
Increase speed
Decrease speed
Hold the lever until the desired
speed setting is obtained.
Fine adjustment of the set
speed (approximately 1.0 mph
[1.6 km/h]) can be made by
lightly pressing the lever up or
down and releasing it.
149
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
STEP 2
2
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Canceling and resuming regular acceleration
Cancel
Push the lever towards you to
cancel cruise control.
The setting is also canceled
when the brake pedal is
depressed.
Resume
To resume cruise control and
return to the set speed, push
the lever up.
n Cruise control can be set when
l The shift lever is in the “D” or “4”, “5”, or “6” range of “S” mode.
l Vehicle speed is between approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) and 125 mph
(200 km/h).
n Accelerating
The vehicle can be accelerated normally. After acceleration, the set speed
resumes.
n Automatic cruise control cancelation
The set speed is automatically canceled in any of the following situations.
l Actual vehicle speed falls more than 10 mph (16 km/h) below the preset
vehicle speed
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
l Actual vehicle speed is below 25 mph (40 km/h)
l VSC is activated
n If the cruise control indicator light flashes
Turn the “ON-OFF” button off once, and then reactivate the system.
If the cruise control speed cannot be set or if the cruise control cancels
immediately after being activated, there may be a malfunction in the cruise
control system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
150
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
CAUTION
n To avoid operating the cruise control by mistake
Keep the “ON-OFF” button off when not in use.
n Situations unsuitable for cruise control
Do not use cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in control of the vehicle being lost and could cause serious or fatal accident.
2
l In heavy traffic
l On roads with sharp bends
l On steep hills
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
l On winding roads
151
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
l On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
2-4. Using other driving systems
Dynamic laser cruise control (if equipped)
Dynamic laser cruise control supplements conventional cruise control with a vehicle-to-vehicle distance control. In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle automatically accelerates or
decelerates in order to maintain a set following distance from vehicles ahead.
n Set the vehicle speed
STEP 1
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
operate the cruise control.
Push the button once more to
deactivate.
STEP 2
152
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Accelerate or decelerate to
the desired speed and press
the lever down to set.
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Selecting conventional constant speed control mode
Press the “ON-OFF” button
to operate the cruise control.
Switch to constant speed
control mode.
(Push and hold for approximately 1 second.)
Vehicle-to-vehicle
distance
control mode is always reset
when the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch or the engine
switch is switched to ON
mode.
n Adjusting the speed setting
Increase speed
Decrease speed
Hold the lever until the desired
speed setting is displayed.
In the constant speed control
mode, fine adjustment of the
set speed (approximately 1.0
mph [1.6 km/h]) can be made
by lightly pressing the lever up
or down and releasing it.
153
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
Push the button once more to
deactivate.
2
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Canceling and resuming the speed setting
Cancel
Push the lever towards you to
cancel cruise control.
The setting is also canceled
when depressing the brake
pedal.
Resume
To resume cruise control and
return to the set speed, push
the lever up.
n Changing the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Each push of the switch
changes the vehicle-to-vehicle
distance
Long
Medium
Short
Preceding vehicle mark
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance
is automatically set to the long
mode when the “ENGINE
START STOP” switch or the
engine switch is set to the ON
mode.
A vehicle mark is displayed
ahead if one is detected.
154
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
Cruising in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
This mode employs a laser radar sensor to detect the presence of
vehicles within 400 ft. (120 m) ahead and to judge the distance
between your vehicle and those vehicles.
Note that vehicle-to-vehicle distance will close when traveling on long
downhill slopes.
2
When driving
Example of constant speed cruising
When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The desired vehicle-tovehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch.
Example of deceleration cruising
When the vehicle ahead is driving slower than the set speed
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, in the same lane, the
system automatically decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction
in vehicle speed is necessary, the system applies the brakes. A warning
tone warns you when the system cannot decelerate sufficiently to prevent
your vehicle from closing on the vehicle ahead.
155
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
Example of follow-up cruising
When following a vehicle driving slower than the set speed
The system continues follow-up cruising while adjusting for changes in the
speed of the vehicle ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver.
Example of acceleration
When there are no longer vehicles driving slower than the set
speed in the lane ahead
When the vehicle ahead of you executes a lane change, the system
slowly accelerates until the set vehicle speed is reached. The system then
returns to fixed speed cruising.
Approach warning
When your vehicle is too close to a vehicle ahead, and sufficient
automatic deceleration via the cruise control is not possible, the display will flash and buzzer will sound to alert the driver. An example of
this would be if another driver cuts in front of you while you are following a vehicle. Apply the brake to ensure an appropriate vehicle-tovehicle distance.
156
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Dynamic laser cruise control warning lights, display and buzzers
Warning lights, display and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or to alert you to the need for caution while driving.
“CRUISE” indicator light
Master warning light
Warning code
2
When driving
The warning codes indicate the following.
Warning code
C1
C2
E3
(Flashing)
Details
Correction procedures
Indicates that the laser
radar sensor is dirty or
covered with ice.
Clean the sensor.
Indicates that the system
is unable to judge the vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
• Stop the wiper or switch
the wiper to variable intermittent operation.
• Avoid direct sunlight.
• Wait until the weather
becomes clear.
Indicates that a system
malfunction has been
detected.
Turn off and restart the
“ENGINE START STOP”
switch or the engine
switch.
If the same code appears again after implementing the correction procedure,
or if the cruise control cannot be set, contact your Toyota dealer.
n Switching modes
The mode cannot be switched to constant speed control mode if vehicle-tovehicle distance control mode has been used. The mode also cannot be
switched from constant speed control to vehicle-to-vehicle control mode.
Turn the system off by pressing the “ON-OFF” button, and turn it on again.
157
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
n The dynamic laser cruise can be set when
l The shift lever is in “D” or the “4”, “5” or “6” range of “S” mode.
l Vehicle speed is between approximately 28 mph (45 km/h) and 85 mph
(135 km/h).
n Accelerating
The vehicle can be accelerated normally.
n Automatically canceling vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control driving is automatically canceled in the
following situations.
l Vehicle speed falls below 25 mph (40 km/h)
l VSC is activated
l The sensor cannot operate correctly because it is covered in some way
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control driving must be reset by turning the “ONOFF” button on again.
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control driving is automatically canceled for any
other reason, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota
dealer.
n Automatically canceling constant speed control
The set speed is automatically canceled in the following situations.
l Actual vehicle speed is more than 10 mph (16 km/h) below the preset
vehicle speed
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
l Vehicle speed falls below 25 mph (40 km/h)
l VSC is activated
158
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Vehicle-to-vehicle distance settings
Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown correspond to a vehicle speed of 55 mph (90 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
increases/decreases in accordance with vehicle speed.
Distance options
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Long
Approximately 245 ft. (75 m)
Medium
Approximately 165 ft. (50 m)
Short
Approximately 100 ft. (30 m)
2
Always keep the sensor clean to ensure
that the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control operates properly. (Some obstructions, such as snow, ice or plastic objects,
cannot be detected by the obstruction
sensor.)
Dynamic laser cruise control is canceled
if an obstruction is detected.
n Approach warning
In the following instances, there is a possibility that the warning will not
occur.
l When the speed of the vehicle ahead matches or exceeds your vehicle’s
speed
l When the vehicle ahead is traveling at an extremely slow speed
l Immediately after the cruise control speed has been set
l At the instant the accelerator is applied
n Certification
This product is a class l laser product complied with 21 C.F.R part
1040.10 and 1040.11.
159
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
n Laser radar sensor
2-4. Using other driving systems
CAUTION
n Before using dynamic laser cruise control
Do not overly rely on vehicle-to-vehicle distance control.
Be aware of the set vehicle speed. If automatic deceleration/acceleration is
not appropriate, adjust the vehicle speed, as well as the distance between
your vehicle and vehicles ahead by applying the brakes, etc.
n To avoid operating the dynamic laser cruise control by mistake
Keep the “ON-OFF” button off when not in use.
n Situations unsuitable for dynamic laser cruise control
Do not use dynamic laser cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in inappropriate control of speed and could cause serious or fatal accident.
l In heavy traffic
l On roads with sharp bends
l On winding roads
l On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
l Where there are sudden changes between sharp up and down gradients
l At entrances to expressways
l When weather conditions are bad enough that they may prevent the sensors from functioning correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, etc.)
l When the approach warning buzzer can be heard often
160
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
CAUTION
n When the laser radar sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle
ahead
Apply the brakes as necessary when any of the following types of vehicles
are in front of you.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehicles,
the proximity alarm (→P. 157) will not be activated, and an accident may
result.
2
l Vehicles that cut in suddenly
When driving
l Vehicles traveling at low speeds
l Vehicles that are not moving
l Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board etc.)
l Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
n Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control may
not function correctly
Apply the brakes as necessary in the following conditions as the laser radar
sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, and an accident
may result.
l When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the
functioning of the sensor
l When your vehicle is pointing upwards (caused by a heavy load in the
trunk etc.)
l When the road curves or when the lanes are narrow
l When steering wheel operation or your position in the lane is unstable
n To ensure the laser radar sensor functions correctly
Do not do the following to the sensor or grille cover as doing so may cause
the sensor not to function correctly and could result in an accident.
l Stick or attach anything to them
l Leave them dirty
l Disassemble, subject them to strong shocks
l Modify or paint them
l Replace them with non-genuine parts
161
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
NOTICE
n Handling the laser radar sensor
Observe the following to ensure the cruise control system can function effectively.
l Keep the sensor clean at all times.
Clean the sensor with a soft cloth so you do not mark or damage them.
l Do not subject the sensor or surrounding area to a strong impact.
If the sensor moves even slightly off position, the system may malfunction.
If the sensor or surrounding area is subject to a strong impact, always
have the area inspected and adjusted by a Toyota dealer.
l Do not disassemble the sensor.
l Do not attach accessories or stickers to the sensor, surrounding area.
162
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
Driving assist systems
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following systems operate automatically in response to various driving situations.
Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and
should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehicle.
n ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if
the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface.
2
n Brake assist
n VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) (if equipped)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or turning
on slippery road surfaces.
n TRAC (Traction Control) (if equipped)
Maintains drive power and prevents the front wheels from spinning
when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads.
When the VSC/TRAC are operating
If the vehicle is in danger of slipping, or if the front wheels spin,
the slip indicator light flashes to
indicate that the VSC/TRAC
have been engaged.
A buzzer (intermittent) sounds to
indicate that VSC is operating.
163
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is
depressed, when the system detects a panic stop situation.
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, VSC and
TRAC
l A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the engine is
started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has occurred in any of these systems.
l Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
•
•
•
•
Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
CAUTION
n The ABS does not operate effectively when
l The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded.
l The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on the wet or slick
road.
n Stopping distance when the ABS is operating on the wet or slick roads
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping distance. Always
maintain a sufficient distance from the vehicle in front of you in the following
situations.
l When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
l When driving with tire chains
l When driving over bumps in the road
l When driving over roads with potholes or roads with uneven pavement
164
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-4. Using other driving systems
CAUTION
n TRAC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slippery road surfaces, even if the TRAC is operating.
Do not drive the vehicle in conditions where stability and power may be lost.
n When the VSC is activated
n Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the same size, brand, tread pattern and total
load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the recommended tire pressure level.
The ABS and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires are fitted on the vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
n Handling of tires and suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause the system to malfunction.
165
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2
When driving
The slip indicator light flashes and a warning buzzer sounds. Always drive
carefully.
Reckless driving may cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the
indicator light flashes and a buzzer sounds.
2-5. Driving information
Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following information about storage precautions, cargo capacity and load.
l Stow cargo and luggage in the trunk whenever possible. Be
sure all items are secured in place.
l Be careful to keep the vehicle level. Placing the weight as far
forward as possible helps maintain vehicle balance.
l For better fuel economy, do not carry unnecessary weight.
Capacity and distribution
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) – (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit—
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 – 750 (5
× 150) = 650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
166
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-5. Driving information
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle. (→P. 169)
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Your
vehicle is not designed for trailer towing.
Example on your vehicle
2
Cargo capacity
When driving
Total load capacity
When 2 people with the combined weight of 366 lb. (166 kg) are
riding in your vehicle, which has a total load capacity of 870 lb. (395
kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity will be
as follows:
870 lb. – 366 lb. = 504 lb. (395 kg –166 kg = 229 kg)
In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of
388 lb. (176 kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be
reduced as follows:
504 lb. – 388 lb. = 116 lb. (229 kg – 176 kg = 53 kg)
As shown in the above example, if the number of occupants
increases, the cargo and luggage load equaling the combined weight
of the occupants who got on later, by an amount. In other words, if an
increase in the number of occupants causes an excess of the total
load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus cargo and luggage
load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on your vehicle.
167
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-5. Driving information
CAUTION
n Storage precautions
l Do not place anything on the package tray behind the rear seatback.
Such items may be thrown about and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.
l Do not drive with objects on top of the instrument panel.
They may interfere with the driver’s field of view or move during sharp
acceleration or turning, thus impairing the driver’s control of the vehicle. In an accident they may injure the vehicle occupants.
l Secure all items in the occupant compartment, as they may shift and
injure someone during an accident or sudden braking.
n Weight of the load
l Improper loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking con-
trol resulting in an accident which may cause death or serious injury.
l Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle
weight rating.
l Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load is less
than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper
loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which
may cause death or serious injury.
168
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-5. Driving information
Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity,
towing capacity and cargo capacity.
n Total load capacity: 870 lb. (395 kg)
Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants,
cargo and luggage.
n Seating capacity: 5 occupants (Front 2, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants
whose estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.
2
Even if the number of occupants are within the seating capacity,
do not exceed the total load capacity.
When driving
n Towing capacity
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.
n Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the
weight and the number of occupants.
n Total load capacity and seating capacity
These details are also described on the tire and loading information
label. (→P. 331)
CAUTION
n Overloading the vehicle
Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering and
braking ability, resulting in an accident.
169
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-5. Driving information
Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before driving
the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a manner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.
n Pre-winter preparations
l Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside temperatures.
• Engine oil
• Engine coolant
• Washer fluid
l Have a service technician inspect the level and specific gravity of battery electrolyte.
l Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set
of tire chains for the front tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains
match the size of the tires.
170
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-5. Driving information
n Before driving the vehicle
Perform the following according to the driving conditions.
l Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is
frozen. Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice.
Wipe away the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
l To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents
in front of the windshield.
l Periodically check for and remove any excess ice or snow
that may have accumulated in the wheel well or on the
brakes.
n When driving the vehicle
Accelerate the vehicle slowly and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road conditions.
n When parking the vehicle
Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to “P” without setting
the parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing
it from being released.
171
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When driving
l Remove any ice that has accumulated on the vehicle chassis.
2
2-5. Driving information
Selecting snow chains
Use the correct snow chain size when mounting the snow chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain:
0.12 in. (3.0 mm)
1.18 in. (30.0 mm)
0.39 in. (10.0 mm)
Cross chain:
0.16 in. (4.0 mm)
0.98 in. (25.0 mm)
0.55 in. (14.0 mm)
Regulations on the use of snow chains
l Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary according to location and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing chains.
l Install the chains on the front tires.
l Retighten the chains after driving 1/4 - 1/2 mile (0.5 - 1.0 km).
n Snow chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains.
l Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
l Install tire chains on the front tires only.
l Install tire chains following the instructions provided in the accompanying
instructions.
172
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-5. Driving information
CAUTION
n Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
l Use tires of the size specified for your vehicle.
l Maintain the specified level of tire inflation pressure.
l Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of
snow tires being used.
When driving
l Snow tires should be installed on all wheels.
173
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2
2-5. Driving information
CAUTION
n Driving with snow chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failing to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
l Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
l Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
l Avoid sudden turns and braking, as use of chains may adversely affect
vehicle handling.
l Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle control is maintained.
NOTICE
n Repairing or replacing snow tires
Request repairs of and obtain replacement snow tires from Toyota dealers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the operation of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
n Fitting tire chains
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly
when tire chains are fitted.
174
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-5. Driving information
Trailer towing
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Toyota also does not recommend the installation of a tow hitch or the
use of a tow hitch carrier for a wheelchair, scooter, bicycle, etc. Your
Toyota is not designed for trailer towing or for the use of tow hitch
mounted carriers.
2
When driving
175
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
2-5. Driving information
Dinghy towing
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on
the ground) behind a motor home.
NOTICE
n To avoid serious damage to your vehicle
Do not tow your vehicle with four wheels on the ground.
176
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning system
Airflow and outlets are automatically adjusted according to the temperature setting.
Without navigation system
Windshield
defogger
Dual
operation
Driver’s side
temperature control
Changes the air
outlets used
Fan speed
With navigation system
Passenger’s side
temperature control
Automatic mode
Off
Air conditioning
ON/OFF switch
Outside air or
recirculated mode
This illustration is a vehicle equipped with the outside rear view
mirror defoggers.
178
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Using the automatic mode
STEP 1
Press
.
The air conditioning system will begin to operate. Air outlets and fan
speed are automatically adjusted according to the temperature setting.
STEP 2
Press “∧” to increase the temperature and “∨” to decrease the
temperature on
.
The temperature for the driver and passenger seats can be set separately.
Adjusting the settings
3
n Adjusting the temperature setting
perature on
.
Press “∧” (increase) or “∨” (decrease) on
to separately adjust
the temperature for the passenger and driver sides (dual mode). Press
to return the driver and passenger side temperatures to the
same setting (simultaneous mode).
The air conditioning system switches between dual and simultaneous
modes each time
is pressed.
n Adjusting the fan speed
Press “∧” (increase) or “∨” (decrease) on the
Press
switch.
to turn the fan off.
179
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
Press “∧” to increase the temperature and “∨” to decrease the tem-
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
n Changing the air outlets
Press
.
The air outlets switch each time the button is pressed. The air flow
shown on the display indicate the following.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body and
feet.
Air flows to the feet.
180
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger operates.
n Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press
.
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recirculated air mode (indicator on) modes each time the button is pressed.
Press
.
The air conditioning system control operates automatically.
181
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
Defogging the windshield
3
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air outlets
Center outlets
Turn the knob to open or close
the vent
Direct air flow to the left or
right
Side outlets
Turn the knob to open or close
the vent
Direct air flow to the left or
right
Rear seat outlets
Turn the knob to open or close
the vent
Direct air flow to the left or
right
182
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
n Using the automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically in accordance with the temperature setting and ambient conditions. As a result, the following may occur.
l The system may switch automatically to recirculated mode when the
coolest temperature setting is selected in summer.
l Immediately after the switch is pressed, the fan may stop for a while until
warm or cool air is ready to flow.
l Cool air may flow to the area around the upper body when the heater is
on.
n Using the system in recirculated air mode
The windows will fog up more easily if the recirculated air mode is used for
an extended period.
n Window defogger feature
The air conditioning system may not operate even when
pressed.
n When the indicator light on
is
flashes
Press
and turn off the air conditioning system before turning it on
once more. There may be a problem in the air conditioning system if the indicator light continues to flash. Turn the air conditioning system off and have it
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
n To prevent the windshield from fogging up
Do not use
during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, blocking
your vision.
183
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
Recirculated air mode may automatically switch to outside air mode in situations where the windows need to be defogged.
n Outside temperature approaches 32°F (0°C)
3
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the automatic air conditioning system on longer than necessary
when the engine is not running.
184
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Using the steering wheel climate control switches
Some air conditioning feature can be controlled using the switches
on the steering wheel.
Temperature control
Automatic mode
Off
3
Using the automatic mode
Press
.
The air conditioning system will begin to operate. Air outlets and
fan speed are automatically adjusted according to the temperature setting.
STEP 2
Press “∧” to increase the temperature and “∨” to decrease the
temperature on
.
The temperature for the driver and passenger seats can be set
separately.
185
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
STEP 1
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Adjust the temperature settings
Press “∧” to increase the temperature and “∨” to decrease the temperature on
.
Press “∧” (increase) or “∨” (decrease) on
to separately adjust the
temperature for the passenger and driver sides (dual mode). Press
to turn off the dual mode and to return the driver and passenger
side temperatures to the same setting (simultaneous mode).
This function will be canceled when
pushed.
Turning off the fan
Press
.
186
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
on the instrument panel is
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers
These features are used to defog the rear window, and to remove
raindrops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
With outside rear view mirror defoggers
Without outside rear view
mirror defoggers
Press the button to turn on the
rear window (and outside rear
view mirror) defoggers. The
defoggers will automatically turn
off after approximately 15 minutes. Pressing the button again
also turns the defoggers off.
n Operating conditions
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch must be in the ON
mode.
CAUTION
n When the outside rear view mirror defoggers are on (if equipped)
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot and
burn you.
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Turn the defoggers off when the engine is not running.
187
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
The operation time changes
according to the ambient temperature and vehicle speed.
3
3-2. Using the audio system
Audio system type
CD player with changer and AM/FM radio
The audio system appearance may differ slightly for vehicles not
equipped with JBL brand audio system.
Title
Page
Using the radio
P. 191
Using the CD player
P. 198
Playing MP3 and WMA discs
P. 206
Optimal use of the audio system
P. 214
Using the AUX adapter
P. 216
Using the steering wheel audio switches
P. 217
188
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
n Using cellular phones
Interference may be heard through the audio system’s speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is
operating.
CAUTION
n For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. and Canada
l Part 15 of the FCC Rules
FCC Warning:
Any unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment will void the
user’s authority to operate this device.
3
l Laser products
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary with the engine off.
n To avoid damaging the audio system
Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids over the audio system.
189
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
• Do not take this unit apart or attempt to make any changes yourself.
This is an intricate unit that uses a laser pickup to retrieve information
from the surface of compact discs. The laser is carefully shielded so
that its rays remain inside the cabinet. Therefore, never try to disassemble the player or alter any of its parts since you may be exposed to
laser rays and dangerous voltages.
• This product utilizes a laser.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other
than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
3-2. Using the audio system
Audio cover
Press to open.
CAUTION
n When opening or closing the audio cover
Do not jam your hands in the cover.
NOTICE
n To avoid damaging the audio cover or CD
l Do not hold the cover while it is opening.
l Do not close the audio cover before removing an ejected CD.
190
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
Using the radio
Press
,
or
to choose an AM or FM band.
Seek frequency
Station selector
Change the program type
3
Volume
AM⋅SAT/FM mode buttons
Interior features
Power
Adjust the frequency
(AM, FM mode)
or channel (SAT mode)
Scan for receivable stations
Setting station presets (excluding XM® Satellite Radio)
STEP 1
Search for desired stations by turning
or “∨” on
STEP 2
or pressing “∧”
.
Press and hold one of the preset stations (1 - 6) until you hear
a beep.
191
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
Scanning radio stations (excluding XM® Satellite Radio)
n Scanning the preset radio stations
STEP 1
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
Preset stations will be played for 5 seconds each.
STEP 2
When the desired station is reached, press the button again.
n Scanning all radio stations within range
STEP 1
Press
.
All stations with reception will be played for 5 seconds each.
STEP 2
When the desired station is reached, press the button again.
192
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
XM® Satellite Radio (if equipped)
n Receiving XM® Satellite Radio
STEP 1
Press
until “SAT” shows in the display.
The display changes as follows each time the button is pressed.
“AM” → “SAT1” → “SAT2” → “SAT3”
STEP 2
Turn
to select a desired channel from all the categories
or press “∧” or “∨” on
to select a desired channel in
3
the current category.
Interior features
193
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
n Presetting XM® Satellite Radio channels
Select the desired channel. Press and hold the button (1 - 6) until
you hear a beep.
n Changing the channel category
Press “∧” or “∨” on
.
n Scanning XM® Satellite Radio channels
l Scanning channels in the current category
STEP 1
Press
STEP 2
When the desired channel is reached, press the button
again.
.
l Scanning preset channels
STEP 1
Press and hold
STEP 2
When the desired channel is reached, press the button
again.
until you hear a beep.
n Displaying text information
Press
.
The display will show up to 12 characters.
The display changes as follows each time the button is pressed.
l CH NAME
l TITLE (SONG/PROGRAM TITLE)
l NAME (ARTIST NAME/FEATURE)
l CH NUMBER
194
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
n When the battery is disconnected
All preset stations are erased.
n Reception sensitivity
l Maintaining perfect radio reception at all times is difficult due to the continually changing position of the antenna, differences in signal strength
and surrounding objects, such as trains, transmitters, etc.
l The radio antenna is mounted inside the rear window. To maintain clear
radio reception, do not attach metallic window tinting or other metallic
objects to the antenna wire mounted inside the rear window.
n Receiving XM® Satellite Radio
An XM® Satellite Radio is a tuner designed exclusively to receive broadcasts
provided under a separate subscription. Availability is limited to the 48 contiguous states and 10 Canadian provinces.
3
l XM® subscriptions
For detailed information about XM® Satellite Radio or to subscribe:
U.S.A–
Visit on the web at www.xmradio.com or call 1-800-967-2346.
Canada–
Visit on the web at www.xmradio.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
Interior features
l Radio ID
You will need the radio ID when activating XM® service or reporting a
problem. Select “CH000” using
, and the receiver’s 8-character ID
number will appear.
l Satellite tuner
The tuner supports only Audio Services (Music and Talk) and the accompanying Text Information of XM® Satellite Radio.
195
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
n If the satellite radio does not operate normally
If a problem occurs with the XM® tuner, a message will appear on the display. Refer to the table below to identify the problem, and take the suggested
corrective action.
ANTENNA
UPDATING
The XM® antenna is not connected. Check
whether the XM® antenna cable is attached
securely.
There is a short-circuit in the antenna or the surrounding antenna cable. See a Toyota certified
dealer.
You have not subscribed to XM® Satellite Radio.
The radio is being updated with the latest encryption code. Contact XM® Satellite Radio for subscription information. When a contract is canceled,
you can choose “CH000” and all free-to-air channels.
The premium channel you selected is not authorized. Wait for about 2 seconds until the radio
returns to the previous channel or “CH001”. If it
does not change automatically, select another
channel. If you want to listen to the premium channel, contact XM® Satellite Radio.
NO SIGNAL
The XM® signal is too weak at the current location.
Wait until your vehicle reaches a location with a
stronger signal.
LOADING
The unit is acquiring audio or program information.
Wait until the unit has received the information.
OFF AIR
The channel you selected is not broadcasting any
programming. Select another channel.
-----
There is no song/program title or artist name/feature associated with the channel at that time. No
action needed.
196
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
---
The channel you selected is no longer available.
Wait for about 2 seconds until the radio returns to
the previous channel or “CH001”. If it does not
change automatically, select another channel.
Contact the XM® Listener Care Center at 1-800-967-2346 (U.S.A.) or 1-877438-9677 (Canada).
n Certifications for the radio tuner
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television
reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the
user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by trying one or more of
the following:
l Reorienting or relocating the receiving antenna.
l Increasing the separation between the equipment and receiver.
l Connecting the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
l Consulting the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
197
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3
Interior features
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation.
3-2. Using the audio system
Using the CD player
Insert a CD or press
with a CD inserted.
Random playback
Fast-reverse
Repeat play
Fast-forward
Select track
CD slot
CD eject
CD insert
Search
playback
Power
Volume
198
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Select CD
Playback
Display text
message
3-2. Using the audio system
Loading a CD
n Loading a CD
STEP 1
Press
STEP 2
Insert a CD when the indicator on the slot turns from amber to
green.
.
n Loading multiple CDs
STEP 1
Press and hold
STEP 2
Insert a CD when the indicator on the slot turns from amber to
green.
STEP 3
Insert the next CD when the indicator on the slot turns from
amber to green.
until you hear a beep.
To cancel the operation, press
. If you do not insert a CD
within 15 seconds, loading will be canceled automatically.
Ejecting CDs
n Ejecting a CD
STEP 1
To select the CD to be ejected, press “∧” or “∨” on
STEP 2
Press
.
and remove the CD.
n Ejecting all CDs
Press and hold
until you hear a beep, then remove the CDs.
199
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you have inserted all CDs.
3
3-2. Using the audio system
Selecting a track
Press “∧” to move up and “∨” to move down using
until the
desired track number is displayed.
Fast-forwarding and reversing tracks
To fast-reverse, press and hold
.
To fast-forward, press and hold
.
Scanning tracks
STEP 1
Press
.
The first 10 seconds of each track will be played.
STEP 2
Press the button again when the desired track is reached.
Selecting a CD
n To select a CD to play
To select the desired CD, press “∧” or “∨” on
.
n To scan loaded CDs
STEP 1
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
The first 10 seconds of the first track on each CD will be played.
STEP 2
Press the button again when the desired CD is reached.
200
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
Random playback
n Current CD
Press
.
Tracks are played in random order until the button is pressed again.
n All CDs
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
Tracks on all loaded CDs are played in random order until the button is
pressed again.
Interior features
Repeat play
n To repeat a track
Press
.
n To repeat all of the tracks on a CD
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
Switching the display
Press
.
Each time the button is pressed, the display changes in the order of
“Track no./Elapsed time” → “CD title” → “Track name”.
201
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3
3-2. Using the audio system
n Canceling random, repeat and scan playback
Press
,
or
again.
n Display
Up to 12 characters can be displayed at a time.
If there are 13 characters or more, pressing and holding
for 1 second or more will display the remaining characters.
A maximum of 24 characters can be displayed.
Depending on the contents recorded, the characters may not be displayed
properly or may not be displayed at all.
n Error messages
Refer to the following table and take the appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Cause
Correction
Procedures
WAIT
Operation is stopped
due to high
temperature inside the
player
Eject the disc and allow
the player to cool down
ERROR 1
• The disc is dirty or
damaged
• The disc is inserted
upside down
• Clean the disc
• Insert the disc correctly
NO DISC
There is no disc
Insert a disc
ERROR 3
There is a malfunction
within the system
Eject the disc
ERROR 4
Over current
Ask your Toyota dealer
NO MUSIC
This indicates that no
playable data is
included in the disc
Eject the disc
Message
202
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
n Discs that can be used
Discs with the marks shown below can be used.
Playback may be possible depending on recording format or disc features,
or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration.
CDs with copy-protect features may not be used.
n CD player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when
a problem is detected.
n If CDs are left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for
extended periods
3
CDs may be damaged and may not play properly.
Interior features
n Lens cleaners
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player.
203
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
NOTICE
n Discs and adapters that cannot be used
Do not use the following types of discs, 3 in. (8 cm) disc adapters or Dual
Disc.
Doing so may damage the player and render the disc insert/eject function
unusable.
l Discs that have a diameter that is not
4.7 in. (12 cm).
l Low-quality and deformed discs.
l Discs with a transparent or translucent
recording area.
l Discs that have tape, stickers or CD-R
labels attached to them, or that have
the label peeled off.
204
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
NOTICE
n Player precautions
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in damage to the discs or
the player itself.
l Do not insert anything other than discs into the disc slot.
l Do not apply oil to the player.
l Store discs away from direct sunlight.
l Never try to disassemble any part of the player.
l Do not insert more than one disc at a
time.
3
Interior features
205
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
Playing MP3 and WMA discs
Insert an MP3 or WMA disc or press
with a disc inserted.
Random playback
Fast-reverse
Repeat play
Fast-forward
CD slot
CD eject
CD insert
Select file
Select
folder
Select file
Power
Volume
Select CD
Playback
Search
playback
Display text
message
206
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
Loading, ejecting and selecting MP3 and WMA discs
Refer to the section titled “Using the CD player” for details. (→P. 198)
Selecting a folder
n Selecting a folder
Press “∧” or “∨” on
.
n Selecting the desired folder by cueing the first file of each
folder
Press and hold
until you hear a beep. When the desired
folder is reached, press the button again.
3
Press and hold “∨” on
Interior features
Returning to the first folder
until you hear a beep.
Selecting and scanning files
n Selecting one file at a time
Turn
or press “∧” or “∨” on
to select the desired file.
n Selecting a desired file by cueing the files in the folder
Press
.
When the desired file is reached, press the button again.
Fast-forwarding and reversing files
To fast-reverse, press and hold
.
To fast-forward, press and hold
.
207
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
Random playback
n To play files from a particular folder in random order
Press
.
n To play all the files on a disc in random order
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
Repeat play
n To repeat a file
Press
.
n To repeat all of the files on a folder
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
Switching the display
Press
.
Each time the button is pressed, the display changes in the order of
“Folder no./File no./Elapsed time” → “Folder name” → “File name” →
“Album title” (MP3 only) → “Track title” → “Artist name”.
208
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
n Canceling random, repeat and scan playback
Press
,
or
again.
n Display
→P. 202
n Error messages
→P. 202
n CD player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when
a problem is detected while the CD player is being used.
n If CDs are left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for
extended periods
3
CDs may be damaged and may not play properly.
Interior features
n Lens cleaners
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player.
209
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
n MP3 and WMA files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER 3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size by using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media TMAudio) is a Microsoft audio compression format.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3
format.
There is a limit to the MP3 and WMA file standards and to the media/formats
recorded by them that can be used.
l MP3 file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
MPEG1 LAYER3: 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320 (kbps)
• MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160 (kbps)
*: Compatible with VBR
• Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and
monaural
l WMA file compatibility
• Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9
• Compatible sampling frequencies
32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192 (kbps)
Ver. 9: CBR 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192, 256, 320 (kbps)
*: Only compatible with 2-channel playback
l Compatible media
Media that can be used for MP3 and WMA playback are CD-Rs and CDRWs.
Playback in some instances may not be possible, depending on the status
of the CD-R or CD-RW. Playback may not be possible or the audio may
jump if the disc is scratched or marked with fingerprints.
210
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
l Compatible disc formats
The following disc formats can be used.
• Disc formats: CD-ROM Mode 1 and Mode 2
CD-ROM XA Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2
• File formats: ISO9660 level 1, level 2, (Romeo, Joliet)
MP3 and WMA files written in any format other than those listed above
may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not be
displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows:
• Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
• Maximum length of folder names/file names: 32 characters
• Maximum number of folders: 192 (including the root)
• Maximum number of files per disc: 255
l File names
3
l Multi-sessions
As the audio system is compatible with multi-sessions, it is possible to play
discs that contain MP3 and WMA files. However, only the first session can
be played.
l ID3 and WMA tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title and artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags.
(The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
211
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA and played are those
with the extension .mp3 or .wma.
3-2. Using the audio system
l MP3 and WMA playback
When a disc containing MP3 or WMA files is inserted, all files on the disc
are first checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3 or WMA file
is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we recommend you
do not write in any files other than MP3 or WMA files or create any unnecessary folders.
Discs that contain a mixture of music data and MP3 or WMA format data
cannot be played.
l Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3 and .wma are used for files other than MP3 and
WMA files, they will be mistakenly recognized and played as MP3 and
WMA files. This may result in large amounts of interference and damage
to the speakers.
l Playback
• To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
• CD-R or CD-RW playback may not be possible in some instances,
depending on the characteristics of the disc.
• There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3
and WMA files on the market, and depending on the status of the encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of playback
may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
• When files other than MP3 or WMA files are recorded on a disc, it may
take more time to recognize the disc and in some cases, playback may
not be possible at all.
• Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
212
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
n CD-R and CD-RW discs
l CD-R/CD-RW discs that have not been subject to the “finalizing process”
(a process that allows discs to be played on a conventional CD player)
cannot be played.
l It may not be possible to play CD-R/CD-RW discs recorded on a music
CD recorder or a personal computer because of disc characteristics,
scratches or dirt on the disc, or dirt, condensation, etc. on the lens of the
unit.
l It may not be possible to play discs recorded on a personal computer
depending on the application settings and the environment. Record with
the correct format. (For details, contact the appropriate application manufacturers of the applications.)
l CD-R/CD-RW discs may be damaged by direct exposure to sunlight,
high temperatures or other storage conditions. The unit may be unable to
play damaged discs.
l Recordings on CD-R/CD-RW cannot be played using the DDCD (Double
Density CD) system.
n Unsuitable discs, and player precautions
→P. 204
213
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
l If you insert a CD-RW disc into the MP3/WMA player, playback will begin
more slowly than with a conventional CD or CD-R disc.
3
3-2. Using the audio system
Optimal use of the audio system
Displays the current mode
Changes the following setting
• Sound quality and volume balance (→P. 215)
The sound quality and balance setting can be changed
to produce the best sound.
• Automatic Sound Levelizer ON/OFF (→P. 215)
Using the AUDIO CONTROL function
n Changing sound quality modes
Pressing
selects the mode to be change in the following
order.
“BAS” → “MID”* → “TRE” → “FAD” → “BAL” → “SURROUND”* →
“ASL”
*: If equipped
214
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
n Adjusting sound quality
Turning
adjust the level.
Mode
displayed
Sound quality
mode
Level
“BAS”
Bass*
-5 to 5
“MID”
(if
equipped)
Mid-range*
-5 to 5
“TRE”
Treble*
-5 to 5
“FAD”
Front/rear
volume
balance
F7 to R7
Shifts to rear
Shifts to front
“BAL”
Left/right
volume
balance
L7 to R7
Shifts to left
Shifts to right
“SURROUND”
(if
equipped)
Surround
ON/OFF
OFF
ON
Turn to the left
Turn to the right
Low
High
3
Interior features
*: The sound quality level is adjusted individually in each radio mode or CD
mode.
n Adjusting the Automatic Sound Levelizer (ASL)
When ASL is selected, turning
and turning
to the right turns on the ASL,
to the left turns off the ASL.
ASL automatically the volume and tone quality according to the vehicle
speed.
215
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
Using the AUX adapter
This adapter can be used to connect a portable audio device and listen to it using the vehicle’s speakers.
Connect the portable audio
device.
STEP 1
STEP 2
Press
.
n Operating portable audio devices connected to the audio system
The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle’s audio controls. All other
adjustments must be made on the portable audio device itself.
216
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-2. Using the audio system
Using the steering wheel audio switches
Some audio features can be controlled using the switches on the
steering wheel.
Volume
Radio: Select radio stations
CD: Select
tracks,
files
(MP3 and WMA) and
discs
Power on,
source
select
audio
3
Turning on the power
when the audio system is turned off.
The audio system can be turned off by holding the switch down for 1 second or more.
Changing the audio source
Press
when the audio system is turned on. The audio source
changes as follows each time the button is pressed. If a CD is not
inserted, that mode will be skipped.
“FM1” → “FM2” → “CD player” → “AUX” → “AM” → “SAT1” →
“SAT2” → “SAT3”
217
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
Press
3-2. Using the audio system
Adjusting the volume
Press “+” on
volume.
to increase the volume and “-” to decrease the
Press and hold the button to continue increasing or decreasing the volume.
Selecting a radio station
STEP 1
Press
STEP 2
Press “∧” or “∨” on
to select the radio mode.
to select a radio station.
To scan for receivable stations, press and hold the button until you
hear a beep.
Selecting a track/file
STEP 1
Press
STEP 2
Press “∧” or “∨” on
to select the CD mode.
to select the desired track/file.
Selecting a disc in the CD player
STEP 1
Press
STEP 2
Press and hold “∧” or “∨” on
218
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
to select the CD mode.
until you hear a beep.
3-2. Using the audio system
n Canceling automatic selection of a radio station
Push the same switch.
CAUTION
n To reduce the risk of an accident
Exercise care when operating the audio switches on the steering wheel.
3
Interior features
219
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Hands-free system (for cellular phone) (if equipped)
This system supports Bluetooth®, which allows you to make or
receive calls without using cables to connect a cellular phone and
the system, and without operating the cellular phone.
Title
Page
Using the hands-free system
P. 223
Making a phone call
P. 231
Setting a cellular phone
P. 236
Security and system setup
P. 241
Using the phone book
P. 244
n Conditions under which the system will not operate
l If using a cellular phone that does not support Bluetooth®.
l If the cellular phone is switched off.
l If you are outside service range.
l If the cellular phone is not connected.
l If the cellular phone’s battery is low.
n When transferring ownership of the vehicle
Be sure to initialize the system to prevent the personal data from being
improperly accessed.
n About Bluetooth®
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
220
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
n Compatible models
Compatible with HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 and OPP (Object Push
Profile) Ver. 1.1.
If your cellular phone does not support HFP, you cannot enter the Bluetooth®
phone, and take OPP service individually.
n Certification for the hands-free system
FCC ID: HYQBTAU01A
IC ID: 1551A-BTAU01A
MADE IN JAPAN
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
l Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
221
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
NOTICE:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference
in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off
and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or
more of the following measures:
3
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
CAUTION:
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth, for
uncontrolled equipment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure
Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65. This equipment has very low levels
of RF energy that it deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE). But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated with at least 20 cm and more between the radiator and person’s body
(excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and legs).
Co-location:
This transmitter must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
CAUTION
n While driving
Do not use a cellular phone, or connect the Bluetooth® phone.
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to a cellular phone
Do not leave a cellular phone in the vehicle. The temperature inside may
become high resulting in damage to the phone.
222
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Using the hands-free system
n Audio unit
Displays such items as
message, name, and phone
number
Lower-case characters and
special characters, such as
an umlaut, cannot be displayed.
Displays Bluetooth® connection condition
If “BT” is not displayed, the
hands-free system cannot
be used.
Selects speed dials
Push and hold: Displays
information that is too long
to be displayed at one time
on the display
Selects items such as menu
or number
Turn: Selects an item
Press: Inputs the selected
item
223
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
Displays the reception level
3
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
n Steering wheel
Volume
End call
Sending/Receiving
Press: Voice command system on
Press and hold: Voice command system off
n Microphone
224
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Operating the system by using a voice command
By following voice guidance instructions output from the speaker,
voice commands can be given to allow for operation of the handsfree system without checking the display or operating
.
n Operation procedure
Press
and say a command for a desired function.
(→P. 227)
n Auxiliary commands
3
The following auxiliary commands can be used:
Interior features
Cancel: Exits the hands-free system
Go back: Returns to the previous procedure
225
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Using the hands-free system for the first time
Before using the hands-free system, it is necessary to register a cellular phone in the system. The phone registration mode will be
entered automatically when starting the system with no cellular
phone registered. Follow the procedure below to register a cellular
phone:
STEP 1
or
Press
.
The introductory guidance and phone name registration instructions
are heard.
STEP 2
Register a phone name by either of the following methods.
a. Select “Record Name” by using
, and say a name to
be registered.
b. Press
and say a name to be registered.
Voice guidance instruction to confirm the input is heard.
STEP 3
Press
and say “Confirm”, or select “Confirm” by using
.
A passkey is displayed and heard, and voice guidance instruction for
inputting the passkey into the cellular phone is heard.
STEP 4
Input the passkey into the cellular phone.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the operation of the phone.
Guidance for registration completion is heard.
226
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Menu list of the hands-free system
n Normal operation
Second
menu
Third menu
Operation detail
Callback
⎯
⎯
Dialing a number stored in
the incoming history memory
Redial
⎯
⎯
Dialing a number stored in
the outgoing history memory
Dial by
number
⎯
⎯
Dialing by inputting a number
Dial by
name
⎯
⎯
Dialing by inputting a name
registered in the phone book
3
Add Entry
⎯
Adding a new number
Change
Name
⎯
Changing a name in the
phone book
Delete
Entry
⎯
Deleting the phone book
data
Interior features
Delete
Speed
Dial
(Delete
Spd Dial)
⎯
Deleting a registered speed
dial
List
Names
⎯
List the phone book data
Set
Speed
Dial
(Set Spd
Dial)
⎯
Registering speed dial
First menu
Phonebook
227
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
First menu
Second
menu
Security
Setup
Phone
Setup
System
Setup
228
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Third menu
Operation detail
Set PIN
Setting a PIN code
Phonebook Lock
Locking the phone book
Phonebook
Unlock
Unlocking the phone book
Pair Phone
Registering a cellular phone
to be used
Change Name
Changing a registered name
of a cellular phone
Delete
Deleting a registered cellular
phone
List phones
Listing the registered cellular
phones
Select phone
Selecting a cellular phone to
be used
Set Passkey
Changing the passkey
Guidance
Volume
(Guidance Vol)
Setting voice guidance
volume
Initialize
Initialization
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
n Using a short cut key
First menu
Second
menu
Operation detail
Dial “XXX (name)”
⎯
Dialing a number registered
in the phone book
Phone book add
entry
⎯
Adding a new number
Phone book change
name
⎯
Changing a name of a phone
number in the phone book
Phone book delete
entry
⎯
Deleting phone book data
Phone book set
speed dial
⎯
Registering speed dial
Phone book delete
speed dial
⎯
Deleting speed dial
Phonebook Unlock
Unlocking the phone book
Phonebook Lock
Locking the phone book
Interior features
Phonebook
3
229
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
n Automatic adjustment of volume
When vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/h) or more, the volume automatically
increases. The volume returns to the previous volume setting when vehicle
speed drops to 43 mph (70 km/h) or less.
n When using a voice command
l For numbers, say a combination of single digits from zero to nine, #
(pound), ∗ (star), and + (plus).
l Say a command correctly and clearly.
n The system may not recognize your voice in the following situations:
l When driving on unsealed roads
l When driving at high speeds
l If the window is open
l If the air conditioning is blowing directly on the microphone
l If the air conditioning is set too high
n The following cannot be performed while driving:
l Operating the system with
l Registering a cellular phone to the system
n Changing the passkey
→P. 240
230
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Making a phone call
n Making a phone call
l Dialing by inputting a number
1. “Dial by number”
l Dialing by inputting a name
1. “Dial by name”
l Speed dialing
l Dialing a number stored in the outgoing history memory
1. “Redial”
l Dialing a number stored in the incoming history memory
1. “Call back”
3
n Receiving a phone call
Interior features
l Answering the phone
l Refusing the call
n Transferring a call
n Using a call history memory
l Dialing
l Storing data in the phone book
l Deleting
Dialing by inputting a number
STEP 1
Press
and say “Dial by number”.
STEP 2
Press
and say the phone number.
231
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
STEP 3
Dial by one of the following methods:
a. Press
.
b. Press
and say “Dial”.
c. Select “Dial” by using
.
Dialing by inputting a name
STEP 1
Press
STEP 2
Select a registered name to be input by either of the following
methods:
and say “Dial by name”.
a. Press
and say a registered name.
b. Press
and say “List names”. Press
desired name is being read aloud.
STEP 3
Dial by one of the following methods:
a. Press
.
b. Press
and say “Dial”.
c. Select “Dial” by using
232
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
.
while the
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Speed dialing
STEP 1
Press
STEP 2
Press the preset button in which the desired number is registered.
STEP 3
Press
.
.
When receiving a phone call
n Answering the phone
3
Press
.
Interior features
n Refusing the call
Press
.
233
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Transferring a call
A call can be transferred between the cellular phone and system
while dialing, receiving a call, or during a call. Use one of the following methods:
a.
Operate the cellular phone.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the operation of the phone.
b.
Press
c.
Press
*1.
and say “Call Transfer” *2.
*1: This operation can be performed only when transferring a call
from the cellular phone to the system during a call.
*2: While the vehicle is in motion, a call cannot be transferred from
the system to the cellular phone.
Using a call history memory
Follow the procedure below to use number stored in call history
memory:
STEP 1
Press
and say “Redial” (when using a number stored in
the outgoing history memory) or “Callback” (when using a
number stored in the incoming history memory).
STEP 2
Select the number by either of the following methods:
a. Say “Previous” or “Go back” until the desired number is
displayed.
b. Select the desired number by using
234
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
.
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
The following operations can be performed:
Dialing: Press
or
or select “Dial” by using a voice command
.
Storing the number in the phone book: Select “Store” by using a
voice command or
.
Deleting: Select “Delete” by using a voice command or
.
3
Up to 5 numbers can be stored in each of the outgoing and incoming history
memories.
n When talking on the phone
l Do not talk simultaneously with the other party.
l Keep the volume of the receiving voice down. Otherwise, voice echo will
increase.
235
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
n Call history
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Setting a cellular phone
Registering a cellular phone in the hands-free system allows the
system to function. The following function can be used for registered cellular phones:
n Functions and operation procedures
To enter menu for each function, follow the steps below by using
a voice command or
.
l Registering a cellular phone
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “Pair Phone”
l Selecting a cellular phone to be used
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “Select Phone”
l Changing a registered name
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “Change Name”
l Listing the registered cellular phones
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “List Phones”
l Deleting a cellular phone
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “Delete”
l Changing the passkey
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “Set Passkey”
Registering a cellular phone
Select “Pair Phone” by using a voice command or
procedure for registering a cellular phone. (→P. 226)
236
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
, and do the
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Selecting a cellular phone to be used
STEP 1
Select “Select Phone” by using a voice command or
.
Pattern A
STEP 2
Select a cellular phone to be used by either of the following
methods, and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
:
a. Press
and say the desired phone name.
3
and say “List phones”. While the name of the
desired cellular phone is being read aloud, press
.
Pattern B
STEP 2
Select a cellular phone to be used by using
.
237
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
b. Press
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Changing a registered name
STEP 1
Select “Change Name” by using a voice command or
STEP 2
Select a name of cellular phone to be changed by either of the
following methods:
a. Press
and say the desired phone name, and select
“Confirm” by using a voice command or
b. Press
c. Select the desired phone name by using
Press
.
and say “List phones”. While the desired
phone name is being read aloud, press
STEP 3
.
.
.
or select “Record Name” by using
, and
say a new name.
STEP 4
Select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
.
Listing the registered cellular phones
Selecting “List Phones” by using a voice command or
begins
reading aloud the list of the registered cellular phones.
When listing is complete, the system returns to “Phone Setup”.
238
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Pressing
while a name of cellular phone is being read selects
the cellular phone, and the following functions will be available:
l Selecting a cellular phone: “Select Phone”
l Changing a registered name: “Change Name”
l Deleting a cellular phone: “Delete”
Deleting a cellular phone
STEP 1
Select “Delete” by using a voice command or
.
3
Pattern A
Select a cellular phone to be deleted by either of the following
methods and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
:
a. Press
and say the name of the desired cellular
phone.
b. Press
and say “List phones”. While the name of the
desired cellular phone is being read aloud, press
.
Pattern B
STEP 2
Select a desired cellular phone to be deleted by using
.
239
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
STEP 2
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Changing the passkey
STEP 1
Select “Set Passkey” by using a voice command or
.
Pattern A
STEP 2
Press
, say a four to eight-digit number, and select
“Confirm” by using a voice command or
.
Pattern B
STEP 2
Select a four to eight-digit number by using
.
The number should be input one digit at a time.
STEP 3
When the entire number to be registered as a passkey has
been input, press
again.
n The number of cellular phone that can be registered
Up to 6 cellular phones can be registered in the system.
240
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Security and system setup
To enter the menu of each setting, follow the steps below:
n Security setting items and operation procedure
l Setting or changing the PIN (Personal Identification Number)
1. “Setup” → 2. “Security” → 3. “Set PIN”
l Locking the phone book
1. “Setup” → 2. “Security” → 3. “Phonebook Lock”
l Unlocking the phone book
1. “Setup” → 2. “Security” → 3. “Phonebook Unlock”
n System setup items and operation procedure
l Setting voice guidance volume
1. “Setup” → 2. “System Setup” → 3. “Guidance Vol”
3
Interior features
l Initialization
1. “Setup” → 2. “System Setup” → 3. “Initialize”
can only be used for system setup operation.
Setting or changing the PIN
n Setting a PIN
STEP 1
Select “Set PIN” by using a voice command or
STEP 2
Enter a PIN by using a voice command or
When using
.
.
, input the code one digit at a time.
241
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
n Changing the PIN
STEP 1
Select “Set PIN” by using a voice command or
STEP 2
Enter the registered PIN by using a voice command or
STEP 3
Enter a new PIN by using a voice command or
When using
.
.
.
, input the code one digit at a time.
Locking or unlocking the phone book
STEP 1
Select “Phonebook Lock (Phbk Lock)” or “Phonebook Unlock
(Phbk Unlock)” by using a voice command or
STEP 2
.
Input the PIN by either of the following methods and select
“Confirm” by using a voice command or
a. Press
and say the registered PIN.
b. Input a new PIN by using
242
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
.
:
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Setting voice guidance volume
STEP 1
Select “Guidance Vol” by using
STEP 2
Change the voice guidance volume.
To decrease the volume: Turn
To increase the volume: Turn
.
counterclockwise.
clockwise.
Initialization
Select “Initialize” and then “Confirm” by using
STEP 2
Select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
.
again.
n Initialization
l The following data in the system can be initialized:
• Phone book
• Outgoing and incoming history
• Speed dial
• Registered cellular phone data
• Security code
l Once the initialization has been completed, the data cannot be restored
to its original state.
n When the phone book is locked
The following functions cannot be used:
l Dialing by inputting a name
l Speed dialing
l Dialing a number stored in the call history memory
l Using the phone book
243
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
STEP 1
3
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Using the phone book
To enter the menu of each setting, follow the steps below:
l Adding a new phone number
1. “Phonebook” → 2. “Add Entry”
l Setting speed dial
1. “Phonebook” → 2. “Set Speed Dial (Speed Dial)”
l Changing a registered name
1. “Phonebook” → 2. “Change Name”
l Deleting registered data
1. “Phonebook” → 2. “Delete Entry”
l Deleting speed dial
1. “Phonebook” → 2. “Delete Speed Dial (Delete Spd Dial)”
l Listing the registered data
1. “Phonebook” → 2. “List Names”
Adding a new phone number
The following methods can be used to add a new phone number:
l Inputting a phone number by using a voice command
l Transferring data from the cellular phone
l Inputting a phone number by using
l Selecting a phone number from outgoing or incoming history
244
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
n Adding procedure
STEP 1
Select “Add Entry” by using a voice command or
STEP 2
Use one of the following methods to input a telephone number:
.
Inputting a telephone number by using a voice command
STEP2-1 Select “By Voice” by using a voice command or
.
STEP2-2 Press
, say the desired number, and select
3
“Confirm” by using a voice command.
STEP2-1 Select “By Phone” and then “Confirm” by using a
voice command or
.
STEP2-2 Transfer the data from the cellular phone.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone
for the details of transferring data.
STEP2-3 Select the data to be registered by either of the following methods:
a. Say “Previous” or “Next” until the desired data is
displayed, and select “Confirm” by using a voice
command or
.
b. Select the desired data by using
.
245
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
Transferring data from the cellular phone
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Inputting a phone number by using
STEP2-1 Select “Manual Input” by using
.
STEP2-2 Input a phone number by using
, and press
again.
Input the phone number one digit at a time.
Selecting a phone number from outgoing or incoming history
STEP2-1 Select “Call History” by using a voice command or
.
STEP2-2 Select “Outgoing” or “Incoming” by using a voice
command or
.
STEP2-3 Select the data to be registered by either of the following methods:
a. Say “Previous” or “Go back” until the desired
data is displayed, and select “Confirm” by using
a voice command or
.
b. Select the desired data by using
246
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
.
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
STEP 3
Select the name to be registered by either of the following
methods, and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
:
a. Press
and say the desired name.
b. Select “Record Name” by using
, and say the
desired name.
STEP 4
Select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
again.
247
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
In STEP 3 , selecting “Set Speed Dial (Speed Dial)” instead of “Confirm” registers the newly added phone number as speed dial.
3
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Setting speed dial
STEP 1
Select “Set Speed Dial (Speed Dial)” by using a voice command or
STEP 2
.
Select the data to be registered as speed dial by either of the
following methods:
a. Press
, say desired number, and select “Confirm” by
using a voice command or
b. Press
.
, and say “List names”. While the desired
name is being read aloud, press
, and select “Con-
firm” by using a voice command or
c. Select the desired data by using
STEP 3
.
.
Select the desired preset button, and register the data into
speed dial by either of the following methods:
a. Press the desired preset button, and select “Confirm” by
using a voice command or
.
b. Press and hold the desired preset button.
248
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Changing a registered name
STEP 1
Select “Change Name” by using a voice command or
STEP 2
Select a name to be changed by either of the following methods.
a. Press
.
, say desired name, and select “Confirm” by
using a voice command or
.
3
b. Press
, and say “List names”. During the desired
Interior features
name is read aloud, press
.
c. Select the desired name by using
.
STEP 3
Select “Record Name” by using a voice command or
STEP 4
Say a new name, and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
.
.
249
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Deleting registered data
STEP 1
Select “Delete Entry” by using a voice command or
.
Pattern A
STEP 2
Select data to be deleted by either of the following methods,
and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
a. Press
:
, and say the name of the desired phone num-
ber to be deleted.
b. Press
, say “List phones”. While the name of the
desired phone number is being read aloud, press
.
Pattern B
STEP 2
Select data to be deleted by using
.
Deleting speed dial
STEP 1
Select “Delete Speed Dial (Delete Spd Dial)” by using a voice
command or
STEP 2
.
Press the preset button in which the desired speed dial is registered, and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
.
250
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-3. Using the hands-free system (for cellular phone)
Listing the registered data
Selecting “List names” by using a voice command begins reading the
list of the registered data.
When listing is complete, the system returns to “Phonebook”.
Pressing
while a data is being read aloud selects the data, and
the following function will be available.
l Dialing: “Dial”
l Changing a registered name: “Change Name”
3
l Deleting an entry: “Delete Entry”
Interior features
l Setting speed dial: “Set Speed Dial (Speed Dial)”
n Limitation of number of digits
A phone number that exceeds 24 digits cannot be registered.
251
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-4. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list
Illuminated entry system: The various lights automatically turn on/
off according to the presence of the key, whether the doors are
locked/unlocked, whether the doors are open/closed, and the
“ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch mode.
Outer foot light
Front personal lights (→P. 254)
Rear personal light (→P. 254)
Interior light (→P. 254)
Center console light
Engine switch light (if equipped)
252
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-4. Using the interior lights
n To prevent battery discharge
If the interior lights, personal lights and engine switch light (if equipped)
remain on when the door is not fully closed or the interior light switch in
“DOOR” position, the lights will go off automatically after 20 minutes.
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Setting (e.g. The time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features →P. 432)
3
Interior features
253
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-4. Using the interior lights
Interior lights
“ON”
“OFF”
“DOOR”
The interior lights are turned on/
off by the illuminated entry system.
Personal lights
Front
ON/OFF
Rear
ON/OFF
254
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-5. Using the storage features
List of storage features
3
Interior features
Overhead console
Glove box
Door pocket
Cup holders
Console boxes
Coin tray
Storage compartment
255
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-5. Using the storage features
Glove box
Open
Lock with the mechanical key
or the master key
Unlock with the mechanical
key or the master key
n Glove box light
The glove box light turns on when the instrument panel light switch is on.
n Trunk opener main switch
The trunk opener main switch is located in the glove box. (→ P. 44)
CAUTION
n While driving
Keep the glove box closed.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
256
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-5. Using the storage features
Console boxes
Front
Lift the lid while pulling the lever.
3
Rear
Lift the lid while pulling the lever.
Interior features
n When using the front console box lid as an armrest
If necessary, the console box lid can slide
forward. Pull the lid forward by grasping
the front of the lid.
257
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-5. Using the storage features
n Tray in the front console box
The tray slides forward/backward and can
be removed.
CAUTION
n While driving
Keep the console box closed.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Overhead console
The overhead console is useful
for temporarily storing sunglasses and similar small items.
258
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-5. Using the storage features
CAUTION
n Items that should not be left in the overhead console
Do not leave glasses or lighters in the console.
If the interior of the vehicle becomes hot, lighters may explode and glasses
may warp or become cracked.
n While driving
Do not leave the overhead console open. Items may fall out and cause
injury.
3
Interior features
259
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-5. Using the storage features
Storage compartment
Front console (if equipped)
Center console
CAUTION
n While driving
Do not leave the storage compartment open.
The opened compartment may hit your body or items may be thrown out of
the compartment in the event of an accident or sudden braking and cause
injury.
260
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-5. Using the storage features
Cup holders
Front
To open, press down
release the cup holder lid.
and
Rear (type A)
3
Pull down the armrest.
Interior features
Rear (type B)
Pull down the armrest and open
the lid.
261
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-5. Using the storage features
CAUTION
n Items unsuitable for the cup holder
Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent
burns.
n When not in use
Keep the cup holders closed. Injuries may result in the event of an accident
or sudden braking.
Door pockets
The front door pocket can be
opened and closed.
CAUTION
n While driving
Keep the door pockets closed. Injuries may result in the event of an accident
or sudden braking.
262
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Sun visors
Forward position: Flip down.
Side position: Flip down,
unhook, and swing to the
side.
Side extender: Place in side
position, then slide backwards.
3
Interior features
263
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Vanity mirrors
The light turns on when the
cover is opened.
To adjust the brightness of the
lights, slide the switch.
264
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Clock
Without navigation system
Adjust the hour
Adjust the minutes
Rounds to the nearest hour
With navigation system
Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.
3
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ACC or ON
mode.
n When the battery is disconnected
The time display will automatically be set to 1:00.
265
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
n The clock is displayed when
3-6. Other interior features
Outside temperature display
The displayed temperature ranges from -22°F (-30°C) up to 122°F
(50°C).
n Operating conditions
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ON mode.
n When “--”, “F” or “E” is displayed
The system may be malfunctioning. Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
266
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Ashtrays (if equipped)
CAUTION
3
n When not in use
n To prevent fire
l Fully extinguish matches and cigarettes before putting them in the ashtray,
then make sure the ashtray is fully closed.
l Do not place paper or any other type of flammable object in the ashtray.
267
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
Keep the ashtray closed. Injuries may result in the event of an accident or
sudden braking.
3-6. Other interior features
Power outlets
The power outlets can be used for 12V accessories that run on less
than 10A.
Front console box
Center console box
n The power outlets can be used when
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ACC or ON
mode.
268
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
NOTICE
n To avoid damaging the power outlets
Close the power outlets lid when not in use.
Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlets may cause a short circuit.
n To prevent the fuse from being blown
Do not use an accessory that uses more than 12V/10A.
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not use the power outlets longer than necessary when the engine is not
running.
3
Interior features
269
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Climate control seats/seat heaters (if equipped)
The seat heaters and ventilators heat the seats and maintain good
airflow by blowing air from the seats.
Vehicles with ventilator
Press the knob to release it,
and turn the knob to the
desired temperature setting.
OFF
Press the knob to lock it when
not in use.
Ventilation
Warm air
Vehicles without ventilator
Press the knob to turn the system on, and turn the knob to
the desired temperature setting.
The further you turn the knob
clockwise, the warmer the seat
temperature becomes. Press
the knob again to turn the system off.
270
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
n The seat heaters and ventilators can be used when
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ON mode.
CAUTION
n Burns
l Use caution when seating the following persons in a seat with the seat
heater on to avoid the possibility of burns:
•
•
•
•
NOTICE
n To prevent seat heater/ventilator damage
Do not put heavy objects on the seat and do not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
n To prevent battery discharge
Turn the switches off when the engine is not running.
271
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3
Interior features
Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the disabled
Persons with sensitive skin
Persons who are fatigued
Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
l Do not cover the seat with anything when using the seat heater.
Using the seat heater with a blanket or cushion increases the temperature
of the seat and may lead to overheating.
3-6. Other interior features
Armrest
Pull the armrest down for use.
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the armrest
Do not place too much strain on the armrest.
272
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Rear sunshade (if equipped)
The rear sunshade can be raised and lowered by pressing the switch
shown below.
Raise/lower
3
The “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ON mode.
n Reverse operation feature
To ensure adequate rear visibility, the sunshade automatically lowers when
the shift lever is shifted to “R”.
However, the rear sunshade is raised again if any of the following occurs:
l Shift the shift lever into “P”.
l The switch is pressed again.
l The shift lever is shifted out of “R”, and the vehicle reaches a speed of 9
mph (15 km/h).
If the engine is turned off when the rear sunshade has been lowered due to
the reverse operation feature, it will not be raised even when the engine is
turned on again and the vehicle reaches a speed of 9 mph (15 km/h). To
raise the sunshade again, press the switch.
n Operating the rear sunshade after turning the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch or the engine switch off
The rear sunshade can be raised and lowered for approximately 1 minute.
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
273
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
n The rear sunshade can be used when
3-6. Other interior features
CAUTION
n When the rear sunshade is being raised or lowered
Do not place fingers or other objects in the fastener section or in the opening. They may get caught, causing injury.
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not operate the rear sunshade when the engine is not running.
n To ensure normal operation of the sunshade
Observe the following precautions.
l Do not place excessive load on the motor or other components.
l Do not place objects where they may hinder opening and closing operations.
l Do not attach items to the rear sunshade.
l Keep the opening clean and clear of obstructions.
l Do not operate the rear sunshade continuously over long periods of time.
274
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Floor mats
Securely place a mat that matches the size of the space on the carpet.
Secure the floor mat using the
hooks provided.
3
CAUTION
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in the floor mat slipping and interfering with the
movement of the pedals during driving, resulting in an accident.
l Make sure the floor mat is properly placed on the vehicle carpet and the
correct side face upward.
l Do not place floor mats on top of existing mats.
275
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
n When inserting the floor mat
3-6. Other interior features
Trunk features
n Cargo net
The cargo net is provided for
securing loose items.
n Shopping bag hooks
n Storage box
276
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Trunk storage extension
Pull down the rear seat center
armrest.
Open (push down the handle)
Lock with the mechanical key
or the master key
Unlock with the mechanical
key or the master key
CAUTION
3
n While driving
l Always keep the trunk storage extension doors closed to reduce the
chance of injury in case of accident or sudden stop.
NOTICE
n When closing the trunk
Do not leave the luggage mat lever hooked on the edge of the trunk.
The luggage mat may get damaged.
277
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
l To avoid injury, always return the cargo hooks to their positions when they
are not in use.
3-6. Other interior features
Garage door opener (if equipped)
The garage door opener can be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks, home lighting systems, and
security systems, and other devices.
The garage door opener (HomeLink® Universal Transceiver) is manufactured under license from HomeLink®.
Programming the HomeLink® (for U.S.A. owners)
The HomeLink® compatible transceiver in your vehicle has 3 buttons
which can be programmed to operate 3 different devices. Refer to the
programming method below appropriate for the device.
Indicator
Buttons
n Programming the HomeLink®
STEP 1
Point the remote control for the
device 1 to 3 in. (25 to 75 mm)
from the HomeLink® control buttons as shown in the illustration.
Keep the indicator light on the
HomeLink® in view while programming.
278
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Press and hold down one of the
buttons on the HomeLink® and
the button on the transmitter.
Continue holding down both buttons until the HomeLink® indicator light changes from a slow
blink to a rapid flash. This will
take approximately 30 seconds.
STEP 2
If the garage door does not operate, press and hold the programmed button for at least 3
seconds. If the indicator light
flashes rapidly then remains
solid, your garage door opener is
Rolling Code type.
Skip STEP 4 and proceed to the
section “Programming a Rolling
Code system”.
STEP 4
Repeat the steps above to program another device for each of
the remaining HomeLink® buttons.
279
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3
Interior features
Test the HomeLink® operation
by pressing and holding the
newly programmed button for 2
seconds. If programming was
successful, the garage door will
open and close.
STEP 3
3-6. Other interior features
n Programming a Rolling Code system (for U.S.A. owners)
If your device is Rolling Code equipped, follow the steps under the
heading “Programming the HomeLink®” before proceeding with
the steps listed below.
STEP 1
Locate the training button on the ceiling mounted garage door
opener motor. The exact location and color of the button may
vary by brand of garage door opener.
Refer to the operation manual supplied with the garage door opener
for the location of the training button.
STEP 2
Press and release the training button.
STEP 3
Press for 5 seconds and release the vehicle’s programmed
HomeLink® button twice. The garage door may open.
If the garage door opens, the programming process is complete. If
the door does not open, press and release the button a third time.
This third press and release will complete the programming process
by opening the garage door.
The ceiling mounted garage door opener motor should now recognize the HomeLink® transceiver and operate the garage door.
STEP 4
Repeat the steps above to program another rolling code system for any of the remaining HomeLink® buttons.
n Programming an entry gate (for U.S.A. owners)/Programming
all devices in the Canadian market
STEP 1
Place your transmitter 1 to 3 in. (25 to 75 mm) away from the
surface of the HomeLink®.
Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink® in view while programming.
STEP 2
STEP 3
STEP 4
Press and hold the selected HomeLink® button.
Repeatedly press and release (cycle) the device’s remote
control button for two seconds each until step 4 is completed.
When the indicator light on the HomeLink® compatible transceiver starts to flash rapidly, release the buttons.
280
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
STEP 5
STEP 6
Test the operation of the HomeLink® by pressing the newly
programmed button. Check to see if the gate/device operates
correctly.
Repeat the steps above to program another device for each of
the remaining HomeLink® buttons.
n Programming other devices
To program other devices such as home security systems, home
door locks or lighting, contact your authorized Toyota dealer for
assistance.
n Reprogramming a button
The individual HomeLink® buttons cannot be erased but can be
reprogrammed. To reprogram a button, follow the “Basic programming” instructions.
Press the appropriate HomeLink® button. The HomeLink® indicator
light on the HomeLink® transceiver should turn on.
The HomeLink® continues to send a signal for up to 20 seconds as long
as the button is pressed.
Erasing the entire HomeLink® memory (all three programs)
Press and hold down the 2 outside buttons for 20 seconds until
the indicator light flashes.
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to
erase the programs stored in the
HomeLink® memory.
281
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
Operating the HomeLink®
3
3-6. Other interior features
n Before programming
l Install a new battery in the transmitter.
l The battery side of the transmitter must be pointed away from the
HomeLink®.
n Certification for the garage door opener
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of the
IC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING: This transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and IC
rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the device.
CAUTION
n When programming a garage door or other remote control device
The garage door may operate, so ensure people and objects are out of danger to prevent potential harm.
n Conforming to federal safety standards
Do not use the HomeLink® Compatible Transceiver with any garage door
opener or device that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by
federal safety standards.
This includes any garage door that cannot detect an obstruction object. A
door or device without these features increases the risk of death or serious
injury.
282
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Compass (if equipped)
The compass on the inside rear view mirror indicates the direction in
which the vehicle is heading.
n Operation
To turn the compass on or off,
press the switch.
3
n Displays and directions
Interior features
Display
N
NE
E
SE
S
SW
W
NW
Direction
North
Northeast
East
Southeast
South
Southwest
West
Northwest
283
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
Calibrating the compass
Samoa: 5 Guam: 8 Saipan: 8
The direction display deviates from the true direction determined by
the earth’s magnetic field. The amount of deviation varies according
to the geographic position of the vehicle.
If you cross over a map boundary shown in illustration, the compass will
deviate.
To obtain higher precision or perfect calibration, refer to the following.
n Deviation calibration
STEP 1
Stop the vehicle where it is safe to drive in a circle.
STEP 2
Press the switch until a number
(1 to 15) appears on the compass display.
STEP 3
Press the switch, and referring to the map above, select the
number of the zone where you are.
284
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
3-6. Other interior features
STEP 4
Wait a few seconds until the compass direction is displayed.
The calibration is complete.
n Circling calibration
If “CAL” appears on the display,
drive the vehicle at 5 mph (8 km/
h) or less in a circle until a direction is displayed.
If there is not enough space to
drive in a circle, drive around the
block until the direction is displayed.
3
n Conditions unfavorable to correct operation
l The vehicle is stopped immediately after turning.
l The vehicle is on an inclined surface.
l The vehicle is in a place where the earth’s magnetic field is subject to
interference by artificial magnetic fields (underground car park/parking
lot, under a steel tower, between buildings, roof car park/parking lot, near
an intersection, near a large vehicle, etc.).
l The vehicle has become magnetized.
(There is a magnet or metal object near the inside rear view mirror.)
l The battery has been disconnected.
l A door is open.
285
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Interior features
The compass may not show the correct direction in the following conditions:
3-6. Other interior features
CAUTION
n While driving
Do not adjust the display.
Be sure to adjust the display only when the vehicle is stopped.
n When doing the circling calibration
Be sure to secure a wide space, and watch out for people and vehicles in the
neighborhood. Do not violate any local traffic rules while performing circling
calibration.
NOTICE
n To avoid the compass malfunctions
Do not place magnets or any metal objects near the inside rear view mirror.
Doing this may cause a malfunction of the compass sensor.
n To ensure normal operation of the compass
l Do not perform circling calibration of the compass in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields.
l During calibration, do not operate electric systems (moon roof, power windows, etc.) as they may interfere with the calibration.
286
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in prime
condition.
l Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any
dirt and dust.
Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a chamois.
l For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly with water.
l Wipe away any water.
l Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
288
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-1. Maintenance and care
n Automatic car washes
l Fold the mirrors back before washing the vehicle.
l Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface
and harm your vehicle’s paint.
n High pressure car washes
Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of
the windows. Before car wash, check that the fuel filler door is closed.
n Aluminum wheels
Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent. Do not use hard
brushes or abrasive cleaners. Do not use strong or harsh chemical cleaners.
Use the same mild detergent and wax as used on the paint.
n Bumpers and side moldings
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
n To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body
l Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
4
After driving near the sea coast
After driving on salted roads
If you see coal tar or tree sap on the paint surface
If you see dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings on the paint
After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled in dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzine and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
l If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
289
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
•
•
•
•
•
4-1. Maintenance and care
CAUTION
n Caution about the exhaust pipe
Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipe until it has cooled
sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
NOTICE
n To protect your vehicle’s painted surfaces
Do not use organic cleaners such as benzine or gasoline.
n Cleaning the exterior lights
l Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
l Do not apply wax on the surface of the lights. Wax may cause damage to
the lenses.
n When using an automatic car wash
(vehicles equipped with the raindrop detection windshield wipers)
Set the wiper switch to OFF.
OFF
AUTO
290
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wipers may operate and the wiper blades
may be damaged.
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior and
keep it in top condition:
n Protecting the vehicle interior
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
n Cleaning the leather areas
l Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
l Wipe any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.
l Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly
wipe off all remaining traces of detergent.
n Synthetic leather areas
l Remove loose dirt using a vacuum cleaner.
l Apply a mild soap solution to the synthetic leather using a
sponge or soft cloth.
l Allow the solution to soak in for a few minutes. Remove the
dirt and wipe off the solution with a clean, damp cloth.
291
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4
Maintenance and care
l Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
4-1. Maintenance and care
n Cleaning the inside of the rear window
Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause damage to the rear window defogger heater wires. Use a cloth dampened with
lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the window in
strokes running parallel to the heater wires.
n Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year
to maintain the quality of the vehicle’s interior.
n Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a
sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not apply
water. The excellent results are obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as
possible.
n Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
CAUTION
n Water in the vehicle
l Be careful not to splash or spill liquid on the floor.
l Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(→P. 83)
Electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
292
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-1. Maintenance and care
NOTICE
n Cleaning detergents
Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehicle
interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces.
l Non-seat portions: Organic substances such as benzine or gasoline, alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, or bleach.
l Seats: Acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzine, or alcohol.
n Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces.
l Remove any dust or dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
l Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
l Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or that contain wax on the upholstery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
4
n Water on the floor
n Cleaning the inside of the rear window
Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or antenna.
293
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components under the floor of the vehicle, and
may also cause the body to rust.
4-2. Maintenance
Maintenance requirements
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and regular
maintenance is essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to perform
regular checks. Toyota recommends the following maintenance.
n General maintenance
Should be performed on a daily basis. This can be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
n Scheduled maintenance
Should be performed at specified intervals according to the
maintenance schedule.
For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
n Do-it-yourself maintenance
You can perform some maintenance procedures yourself.
Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty coverage.
The use of Toyota Repair Manuals are recommended.
For details about warranty coverage, see the separate “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
n Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repair to ensure
performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or
if a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the warranty coverage.
294
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-2. Maintenance
n Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer
l Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date
with the latest service information. They are well informed about the
operations of all systems on your vehicle.
l Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has
been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise
while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly
take care of it.
CAUTION
n Hazardous materials
l Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile
components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a
well ventilated area.
l Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands
after handling. (→P. 318)
l Used engine oil contains chemicals that have been shown to cause cancer
in laboratory animals. Avoid prolonged and repeated contact. Always protect your skin by washing thoroughly with soap and water.
295
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4
Maintenance and care
l Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by
component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid
exposure and wash any affected area immediately.
4-2. Maintenance
General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be performed at the intervals specified in the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s” Manual Supplement”. It is recommended that
any problem you notice should be brought to the attention of your
Toyota dealer or qualified service shop for advice.
Engine compartment
Items
Check points
Battery
• Maintenance-free
(→P. 318)
Brake fluid
• At the correct level?
(→P. 315)
Engine coolant
• At the correct level?
(→P. 313)
Engine oil
• At the correct level?
(→P. 308)
Exhaust system
• No fumes or strange sounds?
Power steering fluid
• At the correct level?
Radiator/condenser/hoses
• Not blocked with foreign matter?
(→P. 314)
Washer fluid
• At the correct level?
296
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
(→P. 316)
(→P. 321)
4-2. Maintenance
Vehicle interior
Items
Check points
• Moves smoothly (without uneven pedal
effort or catching)?
Automatic transmission
“Park” mechanism
• Can the vehicle be hold securely on an
incline with the shift lever in “P”?
Brake pedal
• Moves smoothly?
• Does it have appropriate clearance and
correct amount of free play?
Brakes
• Pulls to one side when applied?
• Loss of brake effectiveness?
• Spongy feeling brake pedal?
• Pedal almost touches floor?
Head restraints
• Move smoothly and lock securely?
Indicators/buzzers
• Function properly?
Lights
• Do all the lights come on?
• Headlights aimed correctly? (→P. 353)
Parking brake
• Moves smoothly?
• Can hold the vehicle securely on an
incline?
Seat belts
• Does the seat belt system operate
smoothly?
• Are the belts undamaged?
Seats
• Do the seat controls operate properly?
Steering wheel
• Moves smoothly?
• Has correct free play?
• No strange noises?
4
Maintenance and care
Accelerator pedal
297
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-2. Maintenance
Vehicle exterior
Items
Check points
Doors/trunk
• Operate smoothly?
Engine hood
• The lock system works properly?
Fluid leaks
• Is there any leakage after parking?
Tire
• Inflation pressure is correct?
• Tire surfaces not worn or damaged?
• Tires rotated according to the maintenance schedule?
• Wheel nuts are not loose?
CAUTION
n If the engine is running
Turn off the engine and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before performing maintenance checks.
298
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-2. Maintenance
Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which
include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system monitors the operation of the emission control system.
n If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere
in the emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/
M test and may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer
to service the vehicle.
n Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test:
l When the battery is disconnected or discharged
Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are
erased.
Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes
may not be completely set.
4
l When the fuel tank cap is loose
n When the malfunction indicator lamp goes off after several
driving trips
The error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless the
vehicle is driven 40 or more times.
n If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing.
299
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on as a temporary malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance yourself, be sure to follow the correct
procedure given in these sections.
Items
Battery condition
Brake fluid level
Engine coolant level
Engine oil level
300
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Parts and tools
(→P. 318)
• Warm water
• Baking soda
• Grease
• Conventional wrench
(for terminal clamp bolts)
(→P. 315)
• FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE
J1703 brake fluid
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding
brake fluid)
(→P. 313)
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, nonamine, non-nitrite and non-borate
coolant with long-life hybrid
organic acid technology.
For the U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with 50% coolant and 50% deionized water.
For Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with 55% coolant and 45% deionized water.
• Funnel (used only for adding coolant)
(→P. 308)
• “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or
equivalent
• Rag or paper towel, funnel (used
only for adding engine oil)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Items
Parts and tools
Fuses
(→P. 344)
• Fuse with same amperage rating
as original
Headlight aim
(→P. 353)
• Phillips-head screwdriver
Power steering fluid level
(→P. 316)
Radiator and condenser
• Automatic transmission fluid
DEXRON® II or III
• Rag or paper towel
• Clean funnel
⎯
(→P. 314)
Tire inflation pressure (→P. 331)
• Tire pressure gauge
• Compressed air source
Washer fluid
• Water washer fluid containing antifreeze (for winter use)
• Funnel
(→P. 321)
4
The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury, observe the following precautions.
n When working on the engine compartment
l Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from the moving fan and engine
drive belt.
l Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc. right
after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.
l Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper or rags, in the
engine compartment.
l Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the battery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable.
l Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
301
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
CAUTION
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n When working near the electric cooling fan or radiator grille
Be sure the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is OFF.
With the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch in ON mode,
the electric cooling fan may automatically start to run if the air conditioning is
on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (→P. 314)
n Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc. from
getting in the eyes.
NOTICE
n If you remove the air cleaner filter
Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear
due to dirt in the air. Also a backfire could cause a fire in the engine compartment.
302
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Hood
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
STEP 1
Pull the hood lock release
lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
STEP 2
Lift the hood catch and lift the
hood.
4
n Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
303
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
CAUTION
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Positioning a floor jack
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack correctly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause injury.
Front
Rear
304
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n When raising your vehicle
Make sure to observe the following to reduce the possibility of death or serious injury.
l Lift up the vehicle using a floor jack
such as the one shown in the illustration.
l Do not use the jack that was supplied with your vehicle.
l Do not put any part of your body or get underneath the vehicle supported
only by the jack.
Always use automotive jack stands or a solid, level surface.
4
l Do not start the engine while the vehicle is supported by the floor jack.
l Make sure to set the floor jack properly at the jack point.
Raising the vehicle with an improperly positioned floor jack will damage
the vehicle and may cause the vehicle to fall off the floor jack.
l Do not raise the vehicle while someone is in the vehicle.
l When raising the vehicle, do not place any objects on top of or underneath
the floor jack.
305
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
l Stop the vehicle on level firm ground, firmly set the parking brake and put
the shift lever in “P”.
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Engine compartment
Engine coolant reservoir
(→P. 313)
Fuse box
(→P. 344)
Battery
(→P. 318)
Power steering fluid
reservoir
(→P. 316)
Radiator
(→P. 314)
Engine oil filler cap
(→P. 309)
Condenser
Engine oil level dipstick
(→P. 308)
Brake fluid reservoir
(→P. 315)
306
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Electric cooling fans
(→P. 314)
Washer fluid tank
(→P. 321)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Engine compartment cover
n Removing the cover
n Installing the clips
Open
Insert
Press
4
Maintenance and care
307
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Engine oil
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil
level on the dipstick.
n Checking the engine oil
STEP 1
Park the vehicle on level ground. After turning off the engine,
wait a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the bottom of
the engine.
STEP 2
Hold a rag under the end and
pull the dipstick out.
STEP 3
Wipe the dipstick clean.
STEP 4
Reinsert the dipstick fully.
STEP 5
Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out and check
the oil level.
STEP 6
Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.
Low
Full
308
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Adding engine oil
If the oil level is below or near
the low level mark, add engine
oil of the same type as already in
the engine.
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed before
adding oil.
Oil grade
Oil quantity
(Low → Full)
Items
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp. qt.)
4
Clean funnel
Remove the oil filler cap.
STEP 2
Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick.
STEP 3
Install the filler cap, turning it clockwise.
Maintenance and care
STEP 1
309
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Recommended viscosity
SAE 5W-30 is the best choice for
good fuel economy, and good
starting in cold weather.
Outside temperature
If SAE 5W-30 oil is not available,
SAE 10W-30 oil may be used.
However, it should be replaced
with SAE 5W-30 oil at the next oil
change.
n How to read oil container labels
The ILSAC (International Lubricant Standardization and Approval
Committee) Certification Mark is added to some oil containers to
help you select the oil you should use.
310
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Engine oil consumption
l The amount of engine oil consumed depends on the oil viscosity, the
quality of the oil and the way the vehicle is driven.
l More oil is consumed under driving conditions such as high speeds, frequent acceleration and deceleration.
l A new engine consumes more oil.
l When judging the amount of oil consumption, keep in mind that the oil
may have become diluted, making it difficult to judge the true level accurately.
l Oil consumption: Max. 1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 lmp.qt./600 miles (1.0 L per
1000 km). If the vehicle consumes more than this amount, contact your
Toyota dealer.
n After changing the engine oil (U.S.A.only)
The oil change system should be reset. Perform the following procedures:
STEP 1 Switch the display to the odometer. (→P. 136)
STEP 2 Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch to the
4
OFF.
START STOP” switch or the engine switch to the ON. Continue to
press and hold the button until the trip meter displays 000000.
311
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
STEP 3 While pressing the trip meter reset button, turn the “ENGINE
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n Used engine oil
l Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation or skin cancer, so care should
be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used engine
oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
l Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do
not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the
ground.
Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
l Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE
n To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil level on regular basis.
n When replacing the engine oil
l Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
l Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.
l Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle.
l Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.
312
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Engine coolant
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “F” and “L” lines on
the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Reservoir cap
Full
Low
If the level is on or below the “L”
line, add coolant up to the “F” line.
n If the coolant level drops within a short time after replenishing
n Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant
with long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
U.S.A.: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
50% deionized water. (Enabled: -31°F [-35°C])
Canada: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant
and 45% deionized water. (Enabled: -44°F [-42°C])
For more details about coolant, contact your Toyota dealer.
313
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4
Maintenance and care
Visually check the radiator, hoses, coolant reservoir cap, radiator cap, drain
cock and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer pressure test the cap and
check for leaks in the cooling system.
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n When the engine is hot
Do not remove the radiator cap.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing burns or other injuries.
NOTICE
n When adding the coolant
Coolant is neither plain water not straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and anti freeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
n If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging to parts or paint.
Radiator and condenser
Check the radiator and condenser and clear any foreign objects.
If either of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
n When the engine is hot
Do not touch the radiator or condenser, as they may be hot and you may be
burned.
314
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Brake fluid
n Checking fluid level
The brake fluid level should be
between the “MAX” and “MIN”
lines on the tank.
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary items.
n Adding fluid
Fluid type
Items
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid
Clean funnel
4
Excess moisture in the fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking efficiency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.
CAUTION
n When filling the reservoir
Take care because brake fluid can harm your hands or eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets in your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
315
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
n Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
n If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it may indicate a serious problem.
Power steering fluid
n Fluid level
The fluid level should be within the appropriate range.
Full (when hot)
Add fluid (when hot)
Full (when cold)
Add fluid (when cold)
Hot: The vehicles has been driven around 50 mph (80 km/h) for 20
minutes, or slightly longer in frigid temperatures. (Fluid temperature, 140°F - 175°F [60°C - 80°C]).
Cold: The engine has not been run for about 5 hours. (Room temperature, 50°F - 85°F [10°C - 30°C]).
316
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Checking the fluid level
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary items.
Fluid type
Items
Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON® II or III
Rag or paper, clean funnel (only for adding fluid)
STEP 1
Clean all dirt off the reservoir.
STEP 2
Remove the cap by turning it counterclockwise.
STEP 3
Wipe the dipstick clean.
STEP 4
Reinstall and remove the reservoir cap again.
STEP 5
Check the fluid level.
CAUTION
n When checking the reservoir
Take care, as the reservoir may be hot.
4
n When adding fluid
Avoid overfilling, or the power steering may be damaged.
n After replacing the reservoir cap
Check the steering box case, vane pump and hose connections for leaks or
damage.
317
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
NOTICE
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Battery
Check the battery as follows.
n Battery exterior
Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that
there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp
n Checking battery condition
Check the battery condition by the indicator color.
Good condition
Type A
Type B
Green
Blue
Dark
White
Clear or light yellow
318
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Red
Charging necessary.
Have the battery checked by
your Toyota dealer.
Not working properly, have the
battery checked by your Toyota dealer.
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Before recharging
When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable
and explosive. Therefore, before recharging:
l If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect the ground cable.
l Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and
disconnecting the charger cables to the battery.
4
Maintenance and care
319
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n Chemicals in the battery
A battery contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce
hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death
or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near battery:
l Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools.
l Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
l Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
l Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
l Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
l Keep children away from the battery.
n Where to safety charge the battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a
garage or closed room where there is not sufficient ventilation.
n How to recharge the battery
Only perform a slow charge (5A or less). The battery may explode if charged
at a quicker rate.
n Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
l If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
l If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or a burning sensation,
seek medical attention immediately.
l If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the clothing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
l If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia,
beaten raw egg or vegetable oil. Get emergency medical attention immediately.
320
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
n When recharging the battery
Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
Washer fluid
If any washer does not work or
the low washer fluid warning light
comes on, the washer tank may
be empty. Add washer fluid.
4
n When refilling the washer fluid
Do not refill the washer fluid when the engine is hot or running, as the
washer fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine etc.
NOTICE
n Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces.
n Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the washer fluid tank.
321
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
CAUTION
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Tires
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance schedules and treadwear.
n Checking tires
New tread
Treadwear indicator
Worn tread
The location of treadwear
indicators is shown by the
“TWI” or “∆” marks, etc.,
molded on the sidewall of
each tire.
Check spare tire condition
and inflation pressure if not
rotated.
n Tire rotation
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.
Front
To equalize tire wear and
extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire rotation is
carried out at the same interval as tire inspection.
Do not fail to initialize the tire
pressure warning system
after tire rotation.
322
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n The tire pressure warning system
Your Toyota is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that
uses tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low
tire inflation pressure before serious problems arise.
(→P. 373)
Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
installed, new tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID codes
must be registered in the tire pressure warning computer and tire
pressure warning system must be initialized. Have tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter ID codes registered by your Toyota
dealer.
n The tire pressure warning system must be initialized in the following circumstances:
l When rotating the tires on vehicles differing with front and rear
tire inflation pressures.
l When changing the tire inflation pressure by changing traveling
speed or load weight, etc.
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current
tire inflation pressure is set as the pressure benchmark.
323
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
Initializing the tire pressure warning system
4
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n How to initialize the tire pressure warning system
STEP 1
Park the vehicle in safe place and turn the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch or the engine switch to OFF mode.
While the vehicle is moving, initialization is not performed.
STEP 2
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation pressure level. (→P. 412)
Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire
inflation pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will
operate based on this pressure level.
STEP 3
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch
to ON mode.
STEP 4
Push and hold the tire pressure
warning reset switch until the tire
pressure warning light blinks
slowly three times.
STEP 5
Wait for a few minutes with the ON mode, and then turn the
“ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch to OFF
mode.
324
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Registering ID codes
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code.
When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, it is
necessary to register the ID code of tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter. Have the ID code registered by your Toyota dealer.
n When to replace your vehicle’s tires
Tires should be replaced if:
l You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric or bulges indicating internal damage
l A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the
size or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
4
n Replacing tires and wheels
n Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even
if they have seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
n If the tread wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm) on snow tires
The effectiveness of snow tires is lost.
325
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not
registered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After
about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light comes on after blinking
for 1 minute to indicate a system malfunction.
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Maximum load of tire
Check that the maximum load of the replaced tire is greater than 1/2 of
the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR) of either the front axle or the
rear axle, whichever is greater.
As for the maximum load of the tire, see the load limit at maximum cold
tire inflation pressure mentioned on the sidewall of the tire, and as for the
Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR), see the Certification Label.
(→P. 331, 417)
n Tire types
1 Summer tires
Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway
driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered
roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When
installing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
2 All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to
be adequate for driving in most winter conditions, as well as for use
year round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction
performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also,
all season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance
compared with summer tires in highway driving.
3 Snow tires
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using
snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, construction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restriction. Snow tires
should be installed on all wheels. (→P. 170)
n Initializing the tire pressure warning system
Initialize the tires with the tire inflation pressure adjusted to the specified
level.
326
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n If you push the tire pressure warning reset switch accidentally
If initialization is performed, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level and initialize the tire pressure warning system again.
n When the initialization of the tire pressure warning system has
failed
Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the following cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not
operate properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pressure
settings are unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
l When operating the tire pressure warning reset switch, the tire pres-
sure warning light does not flash 3 times.
l After carrying out the initialization procedure, the tire pressure warn-
ing light blinks for 1 minute then stays on after driving for about 20
minutes.
n Routine tire inflation pressure checks
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation
pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of
your routine of daily vehicle checks.
4
Maintenance and care
327
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Tire pressure warning system certification
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and
can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference
will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause
harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try
to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
l Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may
not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
328
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents. Failure to do so
may cause damage to parts of the drive train, as well as dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to fatal or injury accidents.
l Do not mix tires of different makes, models, tread patterns or tread-
wear.
l Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
l Do not mix radial, bias-belted, or bias-ply tires.
l Do not mix summer, all season and winter tires.
l Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.
Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously.
n When initializing the tire pressure warning system
Do not push the tire pressure warning reset switch without first adjusting
the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the tire pressure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation pressure is
low, or it may come on when the tire inflation pressure is actually normal.
n Repairing or replacing tires, wheels and tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
n To avoid damaging the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters
Do not use liquid sealants on flat tire.
329
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
NOTICE
4
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
n Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or potholes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing
the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition driving on rough roads may
cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s wheels
and body.
n If tire inflation pressures become low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
330
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Tire inflation pressure
n Tire inflation pressure
The recommended cold tire inflation pressure and tire size is displayed on the tire and loading information label. (→P. 412)
4
Maintenance and care
331
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Inspection and adjustment procedure
Tire valve
Tire pressure gauge
STEP 1
Remove the tire valve cap.
STEP 2
Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve.
STEP 3
Read the pressure using the graduations of the gauge.
STEP 4
If the tire inflation pressure is not within the recommended
levels, adjust tire pressure.
If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to
lower.
STEP 5
After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement
and adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check
for leakage.
STEP 6
Reinstall the tire valve cap.
.
n Tire inflation pressure check interval
You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least
once a month.
Do not forget to check the spare.
332
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
l Reduced fuel efficiency
l Reduced driving comfort and tire life
l Reduced safety
l Damage to the drive train
If a tire needs frequent refilling, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
n Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
l Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours and has not been
driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold
tire inflation pressure reading.
l Always use a tire pressure gauge.
The appearance of the tire can be misleading. In addition, tire inflation pressures that are even just a few pounds off can degrade ride
and handling.
for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving.
l Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle
is balanced.
333
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
l Do not bleed or reduce tire inflation pressure after driving. It is normal
4
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated. Otherwise, the following conditions
may occur and result in an accident causing death or serious injury.
l Excessive wear
l Uneven wear
l Poor handling
l Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
l Poor sealing of the tire bead
l Wheel deformation and/or tire separation
l A greater possibility of tire damage from road hazards
NOTICE
n When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
Be sure to reinstall the tire valve caps.
Without the valve caps, dirt or moisture could get into the valve and
cause air leakage, which could result in an accident. If the caps have
been lost, replace them as soon as possible.
334
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced.
Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or cause loss of
handling control.
n Wheel selection
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that
they are equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter,
rim width, and offset.
Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.
Toyota does not recommend using:
l Wheels of different sizes or types
l Used wheels
l Bent wheels that have been straightened
4
n Aluminum wheel precautions
l When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
l Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using
tire chains.
l Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a
plastic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
335
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
l Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use
with your aluminum wheels.
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n When replacing wheels
The wheels of your Toyota are equipped with tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to
provide advanced warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure.
Whenever wheels are replaced, the tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must be installed. (→P. 323)
CAUTION
n When replacing wheels
l Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in
the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in loss of handling control.
l Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a
tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or serious injury.
NOTICE
n Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
l Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warn-
ing valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your
Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at your
Toyota dealer.
l Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.
Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.
336
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter must be cleaned or changed regularly to
maintain air conditioning efficiency.
n Removal method
STEP 1
Set the air conditioning system to recirculated mode.
The air conditioning filter case cannot be removed with the system in the outside air mode.
STEP 2
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine
switch to OFF mode.
STEP 3
Open the glove box. Remove
the screw with a Phillips-head
screwdriver and slide off the
damper.
4
Push in each side of the glove
box to disconnect the claws.
337
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
STEP 4
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
STEP 5
Remove the filter cover while
pushing in both ends of the
cover.
STEP 6
Pull the filter out of the filter
outlet.
n Cleaning method
If the filter is dirty, clean by
blowing
compressed
air
through the filter from the
downward side.
Hold the air gun 2 in. (5cm)
from the filter and blow for
approximately 2 minutes at 72
psi (500 kPa, 5.0 kgf/cm2 or
bar).
If it is not available, have the
filter cleaned by your Toyota
dealer.
338
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Replacement method
Remove the air conditioning
filter from the filter case and
replace it with a new one.
The “↑UP” marks shown on
the filter and the filter case
should be pointing up.
n Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the system
l When using the air conditioning system, make sure that a filter is always
installed.
l When cleaning the filter, do not clean the with water.
339
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
n If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
4
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Key battery
Replace the battery with a new one if it is discharged.
n You will need the following items:
l Flathead screwdriver (To prevent damage to the key, cover
the tip of the screwdriver with rag.)
l Small Phillips-head screwdriver
l Lithium battery CR1632 (vehicles with smart key system),
CR2016 (vehicles without smart key system)
n Replacing the battery (vehicles with smart key system)
STEP 1
Take out the mechanical key.
STEP 2
Remove the cover.
340
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
STEP 3
Remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the
“+” terminal facing up.
n Replacing the battery (vehicles without smart key system)
STEP 1
Remove the cover.
4
Maintenance and care
STEP 2
Remove the module.
341
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
STEP 3
Open the case cover using a
coin protected with tape etc.
and remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the
“+” terminal facing up.
n If the key battery is discharged
The following symptoms may occur.
l The smart key system and wireless remote control will not function properly.
l The operational range is reduced.
n Use a CR1632 (vehicles with smart key system), or CR2016 (vehicles
without smart key system) lithium battery
l Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, jewelers, or camera
stores.
l Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by a Toyota dealer.
l Dispose of used batteries according to the local laws.
CAUTION
n Removed battery and other parts
Keep away from children.
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child they can cause choking.
342
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
n For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
l Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
l Do not touch or move any other components inside the remote control.
l Do not bend the battery terminals.
4
Maintenance and care
343
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Checking and replacing fuses
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may have
blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as necessary.
STEP 1
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine
switch to OFF mode.
STEP 2
Open the fuse box cover.
Engine compartment
Push the tab in and lift the lid
off.
Driver’s side instrument panel
Remove the lid.
STEP 3
After a system failure, see “Fuse layout and amperage ratings” (→P. 346) for details about which fuse to check.
344
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Remove the fuse with the pullout tool.
STEP 4
ITN43A044
STEP 5
Check if the fuse has blown.
Type A
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace it with one of an
appropriate amperage rating.
The amperage rating can be
found on the fuse box lid.
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace it with one of an
appropriate amperage rating.
The amperage rating can be
found on the fuse box lid.
345
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
Type B
4
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Fuse layout and amperage ratings
n Engine compartment
Fuse
Ampere
Circuit
1
RR DEF
50 A
Rear window defogger, outside
rear view mirror defogger
2
ABS/VSC No.2
30 A
Anti-lock brake system, vehicle
stability control system
3
RDI FAN
50 A
Electric cooling fan
4
ABS/VSC No.1
50 A
Anti-lock brake system, vehicle
stability control system
5
HEATER
50 A
Air conditioning system
6
ST/AM2
30 A
Starter system
7
MAIN
40 A
Headlights
346
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Fuse
8
ALT
Ampere
Circuit
140 A
(Limited
grade)
120 A
(XL, XLS
grade)
Charging system, RR DEF, ABS/
VSC No.2, HEATER, ABS/VSC
No.1, RDI FAN, WASHER,
S-HORN
STOP No.3
7.5 A
10
INJ
15 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
11
AM2
7.5 A
Starter system
12
DOOR No.1
25 A
Multiplex communication system
13
ALT-S
7.5 A
Charging system
14
ETCS
10 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
15
IG2
25 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system, electronic controlled
transmission system
16
TURN/HAZ
15 A
Turn signal lights
17
AMP
30 A
Audio system
18
FEI No.3
7.5 A
Smart key system, electronic controlled transmission system, immobilizer system
19
STR LOCK
25 A
Steering lock system
20
STOP No.1
15 A
Multiplex communication system
4
Maintenance and care
9
Electronic controlled transmission
system, multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel
injection system
347
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Fuse
Ampere
Circuit
21
EFI No.1
25 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system, fuel pump
22
HORN
10 A
Horn
23
HEAD LH UPR
15 A
Left-hand headlight (high beam)
24
HEAD RH UPR
15 A
Right-hand headlight (high beam)
25
A/F
25 A
Air fuel ratio sensor
26
WASHER
20 A
Windshield washer
27
S-HORN
7.5 A
Horn
28
DOME
7.5 A
Gauges and meters, clock, front
personal lights, door courtesy
lights, garage door opener, rear
personal lights, trunk light
29
ECU-B
10 A
Center display, multiplex
communication system
30
RAD No.1
15 A
Audio system, center display,
navigation system
31
EFI No.2
10 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
32
STOP No.2
7.5 A
Stop lights, high mounted
stoplight, vehicle stability control
system, anti-lock brake system
33
RADAR CC
7.5 A
Vehicle stability control system
34
HEAD RH LWR
15 A
Right-hand headlight (low beam)
35
HEAD LH LWR
15 A
Left-hand headlight (low beam)
348
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Driver’s side instrument panel
1 2 3 4 5 6
16 17 18 19
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
ITN43A016
Fuse
RR DOOR
RL DOOR
Ampere
25 A
25 A
3
FR DOOR
25 A
4
5
6
FOG
OBD
MPX-B
15 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7
P/W
25 A
8
FUEL OPN
7.5 A
9
AM1
7.5 A
10
A/C
7.5 A
Circuit
Power window
Power window
Power window, driving position
memory system
Front fog lights
On-board diagnosis system
Multiplex communication system
Power window, driving position
memory system
Fuel filler door opener
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system, starting system, ignition
system
Air conditioning system
4
Maintenance and care
1
2
349
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
11
12
13
Fuse
S-HTR
DOOR No.2
S/ROOF
14
TAIL
10 A
15
PANEL
7.5 A
16
ECU IG No.1
10 A
17
ECU IG No.2
10 A
18
HTR
7.5 A
19
A/C COMP
7.5 A
20
GAUGE No.1
10 A
21
22
WIP
RR S/SHADE
30 A
10 A
350
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Ampere
20 A
25 A
30 A
Circuit
Air conditioning system
Multiplex communication system
Moon roof
Parking lights, license plate lights,
tail lights, front and rear side
marker lights
Seat heaters, navigation system,
emergency flashers,
electronically controlled
automatic transmission system,
glove box light, instrument panel
lights, power outlets
Center display, shift lock control
system, moon roof, multiplex
communication system, tire pressure monitoring (warning) system
Anti-lock brake system, dynamic
laser cruise control system,
automatic headlight leveling
system, vehicle stability control
system, multiplex
communication system
Air conditioning system,
instrument panel lights, electric
cooling fan
Air conditioning system
Back-up lights, navigation
system, emergency flashers
Windshield wipers
Rear sunshade
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Fuse
Ampere
23
IGN
10 A
24
GAUGE No.2
7.5 A
25
ECU-ACC
7.5 A
26
27
28
CIG
PWR OUTLET
RADIO No.2
15 A
15 A
7.5 A
29
MIR HTR
10 A
Circuit
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system, SRS airbag system, front
passenger occupant
classification system, smart key
system, starting system, electronic
controlled transmission system
Gauges and meters, center
display
Power rear view mirrors, center
display, shift lock system,
multiplex communication system
⎯
Power outlets
Audio system, navigation system
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers
4
Maintenance and care
351
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n After a fuse is replaced
l If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb
may need replacement. (→P. 355)
l If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
n If there is an overload in the circuits
The fuses are designed to blow before the entire wiring harness is damaged.
CAUTION
n To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may cause damage, and possibly a fire or injury.
l Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than indicated, or use any
other object in place of a fuse.
l Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
This can cause extensive damage or even fire.
l Do not modify fuses or the fuse box.
NOTICE
n Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your Toyota dealer.
352
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Headlight aim (with discharge headlights)
n Vertical movement bolts
Adjustment bolt A
Adjustment bolt B
n Before checking the headlight aim
STEP 1
Make sure the vehicle has a full tank of gas and the area
around the headlight is not deformed.
STEP 2
Park the vehicle on level ground.
STEP 3
Sit in the driver’s seat.
STEP 4
Bounce the vehicle several times.
4
Maintenance and care
353
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Adjusting the headlight aim
STEP 1
Turn bolt A in either direction
using a Phillips-head screwdriver.
Remember the turning direction and the number of turns.
STEP 2
Turn bolt B the same number
of turns and in the same direction as step 1 using a Phillipshead screwdriver.
If you feel that there is a large
deviation, have the headlight
aim adjusted at a Toyota
dealer.
354
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Light bulbs
You may replace the following bulbs yourself. For more information
about replacing other light bulbs, contact your Toyota dealer.
n Prepare a replacement light bulb.
Check the wattage of the light bulb being replaced. (→P. 413)
n Bulb locations
License plate lights
Rear turn signal, stop/tail
and rear side marker lights
4
Maintenance and care
355
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Replacing light bulbs
n Rear turn signal lights, stop/tail and rear side marker lights
STEP 1
Open the trunk, remove the
cover as follows.
STEP 2
Turn the bulb bases counterclockwise and remove (upper
and lower), or squeeze bulb
base and remove (center).
STEP 3
Remove the light bulb.
Stop/tail light
Rear side marker light
Rear turn signal light
356
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n License plate lights
STEP 1
Use a flathead screwdriver to
disengage the side of the lamp.
STEP 2
Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.
4
Remove the light bulb.
Maintenance and care
STEP 3
357
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Bulbs other than the above
If any of the bulbs listed below has burnt out, have your Toyota
dealer replace it.
l Headlights
l Fog lights
l Front turn signal/parking lights
l Front side marker lights
l Tail lights
l Back-up lights
l High mounted stoplight
n Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations.
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does
not indicate a malfunction.
l Large drops of water are built up on the inside of the lens.
l Water has built up inside the headlight.
n LED light bulbs
The high mounted stoplights consist of a number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs
burn out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced.
If two or more LEDs in a stoplight burn out, your vehicle may not conform to
local laws (SAE).
n High-intensity discharge (HID) headlights (if equipped)
If voltage to the high-intensity discharge bulbs is insufficient, the light may
not come on, or may go out temporarily. The high-intensity discharge bulbs
will come on when normal power is restored.
358
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n Replacing light bulbs
l Turn off the headlights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately
after turning off the headlights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
l Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. Hold the
bulb by the plastic or metal portion.
If the bulb is scratched or dropped it may blow out or crack.
l Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failing to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
l Do not take apart or repair the low beam discharge headlight bulbs, connectors, power supply circuits, or related components.
Doing so could result in electric shock and death or serious injury.
n High-intensity discharge (HID) headlights (if equipped)
l Contact your Toyota dealer before replacing high-intensity discharge
headlights (including light bulbs).
n To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
359
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Maintenance and care
l Do not touch the high-intensity discharge headlight’s high voltage socket
when the headlights are turned on. An extremely high voltage of 20000V
will be discharged and could result in serious injury or death by electric
shock.
4
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
360
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-1. Essential information
If your vehicle needs to be towed
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle towed by
your Toyota dealer or a commercial towing service, using a lift-type
truck or a flat bed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/provincial and local laws.
If towing from the front, the vehicle’s rear wheel and axles must be in
good condition. (→P. 364)
If they are damaged, use a towing dolly or flat bed truck.
Before towing
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
your Toyota dealer before towing.
l The engine is running, but the vehicle will not move.
l The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
362
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-1. Essential information
Towing with a sling-type truck
NOTICE
n To prevent body damage
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
5
When trouble arises
363
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-1. Essential information
Towing with a wheel lift-type truck
From front
Release the parking brake.
From rear
Use a towing dolly under the
front wheel.
NOTICE
n To prevent causing damage to the transmission
Never tow this vehicle from the rear with the front wheel on the ground.
n To prevent damaging the vehicle
When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
364
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-1. Essential information
Using a flat bed truck
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45°.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be
damaged.
5
When trouble arises
365
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-1. Essential information
If you think something is wrong
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle probably
needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
n Visible symptoms
l Fluid leaks under the vehicle
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
l Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
l Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points
higher than normal
n Audible symptoms
l Changes in exhaust sound
l Excessive tire squeal when cornering
l Strange noises related to the suspension system
l Pinging or other noises related to the engine
n Operational symptoms
l Engine missing, stumbling or running rough
l Appreciable loss of power
l Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
l Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
l Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost
touches the floor
366
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-1. Essential information
Fuel pump shut off system
To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off system stops supplying fuel to the engine.
Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is
activated.
STEP 1
Switch to ACC mode or OFF.
STEP 2
Restart the engine.
NOTICE
n Before starting the engine
Inspect the ground under the vehicle.
If you find that fuel has leaked on to the ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.
5
When trouble arises
367
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-1. Essential information
Event data recorder
Your vehicle has computers that monitor and control certain aspects
of your vehicle. These computers assist in driving and maintaining
optimal vehicle performance.
Besides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there is a system to
record data in a crash or a near car crash event. This is called an
Event Data Recorder (EDR).
In a crash or a near car crash event
The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. In a crash or a
near car crash event, this device may record some or all of the following information:
l Engine speed
l Whether the brake pedal was applied or not
l Vehicle speed
l To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed
l Position of the transmission shift lever
l Whether the driver and front passenger wore seat belts or not
l Driver’s seat position
l Front passenger’s occupant classification
l SRS airbag deployment data
l SRS airbag system diagnostic data
If your vehicle is equipped with a vehicle stability control (VSC) system, its Electronic Control Unit (ECU) may contain another EDR.
There are a variety of driving situations which include activating the
vehicle stability control (VSC) under which the VSC EDR will record
certain information. The VSC EDR may record some or all of the following information:
368
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-1. Essential information
l Behavior of the vehicle
l Steering wheel angle
l Vehicle speed
l To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed
l To what extent the brake pedal was applied
l To what extent the ECU controlled the condition of the 4 wheels
l Vehicle stability control system diagnostic data
The information above is intended to be used for the purpose of
improving vehicle safety performance. Unlike general data recorders,
the EDR does not record sound data such as conversation between
passengers.
Disclosure of the data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party
except when:
l An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the leasing company for
a leased vehicle) is obtained
5
l Officially requested by the police or other authorities
When trouble arises
l Used as a defense for Toyota in a law suit
l Ordered by a court
However, if necessary Toyota will:
l Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safety performance
l Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing details of the vehicle owner, and only when it is deemed
necessary
l Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identification information to a non-Toyota organization for research purposes
369
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds...
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights turn
on or flash. If a light turns on or flashes, but then turns off, this does
not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the system.
Stop the vehicle immediately. Continuing to drive the vehicle
may be dangerous.
The following warning indicates a possible problem in the brake system. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
Warning light
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
Warning light/Details
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)*
• Low brake fluid
• Malfunction in the brake system
This light also comes on when the parking brake is not
released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is
fully released, the system is operating normally.
*: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven at a speed of approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) or more.
370
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Stop the vehicle immediately.
The following warning indicates the possibility of damage to the vehicle that may lead to an accident. Immediately stop the vehicle in a
safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.
Warning light
Warning light/Details
Charging system warning light
Malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system.
Low engine oil pressure warning light
Abnormal level of engine oil pressure.
This warning light may turn on if the level of engine oil
declines. The light should turn off after checking the oil
and adding oil if necessary.
Have the vehicle inspected immediately.
Failing to investigate the cause of the following warnings may lead to
the system operating abnormally and possibly cause an accident.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
5
Warning light
When trouble arises
(U.S.A.)
Warning light/Details
Malfunction indicator lamp
Malfunction in:
• The electronic engine control system;
• The electronic throttle control system; or
• The transmission control system.
(Canada)
SRS warning light
Malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system;
• Front passenger occupant classification system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system.
371
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Warning light
(U.S.A.)
Warning light/Details
ABS warning light
Malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system.
(Canada)
(if equipped)
Automatic headlight leveling system warning light
Malfunction in the automatic headlight leveling system.
Tire pressure warning light
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system.
(if equipped)
Vehicle stability control system warning light
Malfunction in the VSC system or TRAC system.
Have the malfunction repaired immediately.
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning light turns off.
Warning light
Warning light/Details
Correction procedure
Open door warning light
(warning buzzer)*1
A door or a trunk is not
fully closed.
Check that all doors and the
trunk are closed.
Low fuel level warning
light
Remaining fuel
(Approximately 2.6 gal. [10
L, 2.2 Imp.gal.] or less)
Refuel the vehicle.
372
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Warning light
Warning light/Details
Correction procedure
Driver’s seat belt
reminder light (warning
buzzer)*2
Warns the driver to fasten
his/her seat belt.
Fasten the seat belt.
Front passenger’s seat
belt reminder light
(warning buzzer)*2
Warns the front passenger to fasten his/her seat
belt.
Fasten the seat belt.
Tire pressure warning
light
When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure.
Adjust the tire inflation
pressure.
When the light stays on
after blinking for 1 minute:
Malfunction in the tire
pressure warning system.
Have the system checked
by your Toyota dealer.
Low washer fluid warning
light
Low level of washer fluid
Fill the tank.
5
When trouble arises
373
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Warning light
Warning light/Details
Correction procedure
Engine oil replacement
reminder light
(U.S.A.)
(if equipped)
Illuminates for about 3 seconds and then flasher for
about 15 seconds:
Engine oil is scheduled to
be changed.
Check and the engine oil,
and change if necessary.
Comes on and remains:
Engine oil should be
changed.
Check and change the
engine oil.
Dynamic laser cruise control master warning light
Malfunction in the dynamic
laser cruise control system. When the light comes
on, the alarm sounds and
the warning code will
appear on the display.
→P. 157
*1: Open door warning buzzer:
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven at a speed of approximately 3
mph (5 km/h) or more with any door open.
*2: Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt reminder buzzer:
The driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts reminder sounds to alert the
driver and front passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The
buzzer sounds intermittently for 10 seconds after the vehicle has reached a
speed of at least 9 mph (15 km/h). Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened,
the buzzer will continue to sound.
374
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Have the malfunction repaired immediately. (vehicles with smart
key system)
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning light turn off.
Interior
buzzer
Once
Exterior
buzzer
Warning light
⎯
(Flashing)
Once
3 times
(Flashing)
Correction
procedure
The electronic key
is not detected
when attempting to
start the engine.
• Confirm the
location of the
electronic key.
• The electronic
key battery
maybe discharged.
(→P. 340)
An open door
other than the
driver’s door is
closed while the
electronic key is
outside the detection range and the
“ENGINE START
STOP” switch is in
ACC or ON mode.
Confirm the
location of the
electronic key.
375
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5
When trouble arises
Details
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Interior
buzzer
Once
Exterior
buzzer
Warning light
3 times
(Flashing)
Continuous
Continuous
(Flashing)
376
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Details
Correction
procedure
An open door
other than the
driver’s door is
closed while the
electronic key is
outside the detection range and the
“ENGINE START
STOP” switch is in
ACC or ON mode
with the shift lever
in “P”.
Turn the
“ENGINE
START STOP”
switch off or
confirm the
location of the
electronic key.
An open door
other than the
driver’s door is
closed while the
electronic key is
outside the detection range and the
“ENGINE START
STOP” switch is in
ACC or ON mode
with the shift lever
not in “P”.
Shift the shift
lever to “P”.
Confirm the
location of the
electronic key.
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
n If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
First check the following:
l Is your vehicle low on gas?
If it is, refuel the vehicle immediately.
l Is the fuel tank cap loose?
If it is, tighten it securely.
The light will go off after taking several driving trips.
If the light does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
n SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the following:
l The airbag sensor assembly
l Front airbag sensors
l The curtain shield airbag sensors
l The side and curtain shield airbag sensor assemblies
l The driver’s seat position sensor
l Driver’s seat belt buckle switch
l The front passenger occupant classification ECU
5
l The pressure sensor
l The belt tension sensor
When trouble arises
l “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights
l Front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch
l The inflators
l The warning light
l The interconnecting wiring and power sources
377
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
n Front passenger detection sensor and passenger seat belt reminder
If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detection sensor may cause the warning light to flash, even if a passenger is not
sitting in the seat.
n If the tire pressure warning system is inoperative
The tire pressure warning system will be disabled in the following conditions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.)
l If tires not equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters are used.
l If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is
not registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
l If the tire inflation pressure is 73 psi (500 kPa, 5.1 kgf/cm2 or bar) or
higher.
The tire pressure warning system may be disabled in the following conditions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.)
l If electronic devices or facilities using similar radio wave frequencies
are nearby.
l If a radio set at similar frequencies is in use in the vehicle.
l If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
l If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, in particular around the
wheels or wheel housings.
l If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used. (Even if you use Toyota
wheels, the tire pressure warning system may not work properly with
some types of tires.)
l If tire chains are used.
l If the spare tire is in a location subject to poor radio wave signal
reception.
l If a large metallic object which can interfere with signal reception is
put in the trunk.
378
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
n If the tire pressure warning light continues to comes on after blink-
ing for 1 minute frequently
If the tire pressure warning light comes on after blinking for 1 minute
when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is turned
to ON mode, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
n When the tire pressure warning light comes on
Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust to the appropriate level.
Pushing the tire pressure warning reset switch does not turn off the tire
pressure warning light.
n The tire pressure warning light may turn on due to natural causes
The tire pressure warning light may turn on due to natural causes such
as natural air leaks or tire inflation pressure changes caused by temperature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
light (after a few minutes).
n When a tire is replaced with a spare tire
The spare tire is also equipped with the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter. The tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire inflation
pressure of the spare tire is low. If a tire goes flat, even though the flat
tire is replaced with the spare tire, the tire pressure warning light does
not turn off. Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust the
proper tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure warning light will turn off
after a few minutes.
5
When trouble arises
379
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
n If the tire pressure warning light comes on
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could
cause loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
l Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire
inflation pressure immediately.
l If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pres-
sure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires.
If the tire is flat, change to the spare tire and have the flat tire repaired
by the nearest Toyota dealer.
l Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,
you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
n If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
n Maintenance of the tires
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
380
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure
as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to
continue to function properly.
n Precaution when installing a different tire
When a tire of a different specification or maker is installed, the tire pressure warning system may not operate properly.
381
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When trouble arises
NOTICE
5
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If you have a flat tire
Remove the flat tire and replace it with the spare provided.
n Before jacking up the vehicle
l Stop the vehicle on a hard, flat surface.
l Set the parking brake.
l Shift the shift lever to “P”.
l Stop the engine.
l Turn on the emergency flashers.
n Location of the spare tire, jack and tools
Spare tire
cover
Jack handle
Spare tire
382
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Luggage floor
cover
Wheel nut
wrench
Jack
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Take out the jack
STEP 1
Remove the cover.
STEP 2
To remove the jack, turn the jack
joint by hand until the jack
becomes free.
Taking out the spare tire
Remove the luggage floor cover.
383
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When trouble arises
STEP 1
5
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
STEP 2
Loosen the center fastener that
secures the spare tire.
STEP 3
Remove the spare tire cover.
384
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Replacing a flat tire
Chock the tires.
STEP 1
Flat tire
Front
Rear
Wheel chock positions
Left-hand side
Behind the rear right-hand side tire
Right-hand side
Behind the rear left-hand side tire
Left-hand side
In front of the front right-hand side tire
Right-hand side
In front of the front left-hand side tire
STEP 2
Slightly loosen the wheel nuts
(one turn).
385
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5
When trouble arises
STEP 3
Type A: Remove the wheel ornament using the wheel nut
wrench.
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
STEP 4
Turn the tire jack portion “A” by
hand until the notch of the jack is
in contact with the jack point.
STEP 5
Raise the vehicle until the tire is
slightly raised off the ground.
STEP 6
Remove all the wheel nuts and
the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.
STEP 7
386
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Type B: Remove the wheel ornament by pushing from the
reverse side.
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Installing the spare tire
Remove any dirt or foreign matter from the wheel contact surface.
STEP 1
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is
in motion, and the tire may
come off the vehicle.
STEP 2
Washer
Disc wheel
STEP 3
Install the spare tire and loosely
tighten each wheel nut by hand
to approximately the same
amount.
Turn the nut washers until they
come into contact with the disc
wheel.
Lower the vehicle.
5
When trouble arises
387
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Firmly tighten each nut two or
three times in the order shown in
the illustration.
STEP 4
Tightening torque:
76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Reinstall the wheel ornament.
STEP 5
STEP 6
Stow the flat tire, tire jack and all tools.
n To store the jack
To store the jack, align the hole of the
jack head with the vehicle hook. Turn
the jack joint until the jack base fits
securely with the vehicle body.
This prevents the jack from flying forward during a collision or sudden stop.
n After completing the tire change
The tire pressure warning system must be reset. (→P. 323)
388
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
n Using the tire jack
Improper use of the tire jack may lead to death or injuries due to the
vehicle suddenly falling off the jack.
l Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or
installing and removing tire chains.
l Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat
tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for
replacing tires on this vehicle.
l Always check that the tire jack is securely set to the jack point.
l Do not raise the vehicle while someone is in it.
l When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
l Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to
replace the tire.
l Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
l Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle supported by a jack.
l Do not start or run the engine while your vehicle is supported by the
jack.
5
Take particular care when lowering the vehicle to ensure that no one
working on or near the vehicle may be injured.
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of death or serious
injury.
l Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
The oil or grease can cause the wheel nuts to loosen, causing a serious accident. Remove any oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel
nuts.
l Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ft•lbf (103
N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
Failure to follow these precautions could cause the nuts to loosen and
the wheels may fall off, which could lead to an accident causing death
or serious injury.
389
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When trouble arises
n Replacing a flat tire
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
NOTICE
n Do not drive the vehicle with a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair.
n When replacing the tires
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
n To avoid damaging the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters
Do not use liquid sealants on flat tires.
390
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the engine will not start
If the engine will not start even though correct starting procedures
are being followed (→P. 122, P. 126), consider each of the following
points.
n The engine will not start even when the starter motor operates normally
One of the following may be the cause of the problem.
l There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Add fuel to the vehicle.
l The engine may be flooded.
Try to restart the engine once more following correct starting
procedures. (→P. 122)
l There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system.
(→P. 75)
n The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and
headlights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at
a low volume
One of the following may be the cause of the problem.
5
l The battery may be discharged. (→P. 397)
When trouble arises
l The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
391
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
n The starter motor does not turn over (vehicles with smart
key system).
The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an
electrical problem such as an open circuit or a blown fuse. However, an interim measure is available to start the engine.
(→P. 122)
n The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and
headlights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound
One of the following may be the cause of the problem.
l One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected.
l The battery may be discharged. (→P. 397)
l There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system (vehicles with smart key system).
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if
repair procedures are unknown.
Emergency start function (vehicles with smart key system)
When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as
an interim measure to start the engine if the “ENGINE START STOP”
switch is functioning normally.
STEP 1
Set the parking brake.
STEP 2
Shift the shift lever to “P”.
STEP 3
Set the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to the ACC mode.
STEP 4
Push and hold the “ENGINE START STOP” switch about 15
seconds while depressing the brake pedal firmly.
Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle checked by your Toyota
dealer.
392
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake, there
may be a problem with the shift lock system (a system to prevent
accidental operation of the shift lever). Have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to
ensure that the shift lever can be shifted.
STEP 1
Set the parking brake.
STEP 2
Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine
switch to the ACC mode.
STEP 3
Depress the brake pedal.
STEP 4
Pry the cover up with a flathead screwdriver or equivalent.
To prevent damage to the
cover, cover the tip of the
screwdriver with a rag.
STEP 5
Press the shift lock override
button.
393
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When trouble arises
The shift lever can be shifted
while the button is pressed.
5
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If you lose your keys
New genuine Toyota keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using
one of the other master keys and the key number stamped on your
key number plate.
394
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the electronic key does not operate properly (with smart key system)
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is interrupted (→P. 28) or the electronic key cannot be used because the
battery is depleted, the smart key system and wireless remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors can be opened or the
engine can be started by following the procedure below.
Locking and unlocking the doors key linked functions
Using the mechanical key in
order to perform the following
operations:
Locks all doors
Unlocks the door
Turning the key rearward unlocks
the driver’s door. Turning the key
once again unlocks the other
doors.
Changing “ENGINE START STOP” switch modes and starting the
engine
Put the shift lever in “P” and apply the brakes.
STEP 2
Touch the Toyota emblem side of
the electronic key to the
“ENGINE START STOP” switch.
An alarm will sound to indicate
that the start function cannot
detect the electronic key that is
touched to the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch if any of the doors
is opened and closed while the
key is touched to the switch.
395
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When trouble arises
STEP 1
5
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
STEP 3
To change the “ENGINE START STOP” switch modes: Within
5 seconds of the buzzer sounding, release the brake pedal
and press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch. Modes can be
changed each time the switch is pressed. (→P. 122)
To start the engine: Press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch
within 5 seconds after the buzzer sounds, keeping the brake
pedal depressed.
If the “ENGINE START STOP” switch still cannot be operated, contact your Toyota dealer.
n Stopping the engine
Shift the shift lever to “P” and press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch as
you normally do when stopping the engine.
n Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is the temporary measure, it is recommended that
the electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery
depletes. (→P. 340)
396
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the vehicle battery is discharged
The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the vehicle’s battery is discharged.
You can call your Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop.
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle with a 12 volt battery, you can jump start your Toyota following
the steps below.
STEP 1
Connecting the jumper cables.
5
Positive (+) battery terminal on your vehicle.
Positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Negative (-) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect the jumper cable to ground on your vehicle as shown in
the illustration.
397
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
When trouble arises
If required, remove all vent plugs from the booster battery. Lay a
cloth over the open vents on the booster battery. (This helps
reduce the explosion hazard, personal injuries and burns.)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
STEP 2
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine
speed slightly and maintain at that level for approximately
five minutes to recharge the battery of your vehicle.
STEP 3
Vehicles with smart key system ⎯ Open and close any of
the doors with the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF.
STEP 4
Maintain the engine speed on the second vehicle and turn
the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch to
the ON mode, then start the vehicle’s engine.
STEP 5
Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper
cables in the exact reverse order in which they were connected.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle checked at your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
n Starting the engine when the battery is discharged
The engine cannot be started by push-starting.
n To prevent battery discharge
l Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the “ENGINE START
STOP” switch or the engine is turned off.
l Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic, etc.
n When the battery is removed or discharged
The following systems must be initialized.
l Power windows (→P. 66)
l Moon roof (→P. 70)
l Tire pressure warning system (→P. 324)
398
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
n Avoiding battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flammable gas that may be emitted from the battery.
l Make sure the jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that it
is not unintentionally in contact with any part other than the intended terminal.
l Do not allow the jumper cables to come into contact with the “+” and “-” terminals.
l Do not allow open flame or use matches, cigarette lighters or smoke near
the battery.
n Battery precautions
The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while
related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following precautions when handling the battery:
l When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care
not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing
or the vehicle body.
l Do not lean over the battery.
l Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and
other battery-related parts.
l Do not allow children near the battery.
399
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5
When trouble arises
l In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
NOTICE
n When handling jumper cables
Be careful that the jumper cables do not become tangled in the cooling fan
or any of the belts when connecting or disconnecting them.
400
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If your vehicle overheats
If your engine overheats:
STEP 1
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning system.
STEP 2
Check to see if steam is coming out from under the hood.
If you see steam:
Stop the engine and carefully lift the hood.
If you do not see steam:
Leave the engine running and carefully lift the hood.
STEP 3
Remove the engine compartment cover. (→P. 307)
STEP 4
Check to see if the cooling fan is operating.
If the fan is operating:
Wait until the engine coolant temperature gauge begins
to fall and then stop the engine.
If the fan is not operating:
Stop the engine immediately and call your local Toyota
dealer.
STEP 5
401
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5
When trouble arises
After the engine has cooled
down sufficiently, check the
coolant level and inspect the
radiator core (radiator) for any
leaks.
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
STEP 6
Add coolant if required.
Water can be used in an emergency measure if coolant is
unavailable. (→P. 410)
Have the vehicle checked at your nearest Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
n Overheating
In the following situations, your vehicle may be overheating.
l The engine coolant temperature gauge enters the red zone or a loss of
power is experienced.
l Steam is coming from under the hood.
CAUTION
n To prevent an accident or injury when inspecting under the hood of
your vehicle
l Keep hands and clothing away from the fan and engine drive belt while the
engine is running.
l Do not loosen the radiator cap while the engine and radiator are hot.
Serious injury, such as burns, may result from hot coolant and steam
released under pressure.
402
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
NOTICE
n When adding engine coolant
Wait until the engine has cooled down before adding engine coolant.
When adding coolant, do so slowly. Adding cool coolant to a hot engine too
quickly can cause damage to the engine.
5
When trouble arises
403
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or snow.
STEP 1
Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and shift the shift
lever in “P”.
STEP 2
Remove the mud, snow, or sand from around the stuck tire.
STEP 3
Place wood, stones or some other material to help provide
traction under the tires.
STEP 4
Restart the engine.
STEP 5
Shift the shift lever to the “D” or “R” position and carefully
apply the accelerator to free the vehicle.
CAUTION
n When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to rock the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the surrounding area is clear, to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or persons.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
n When shifting the shift lever
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident and result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
n To avoid damaging the transmission and other components
l Avoid spinning the wheels and do not rev the engine.
l If the vehicle remains stuck after trying these procedures, the vehicle may
require towing to be freed.
404
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
Dimensions and weight
Overall length
197.6 in. (5020 mm)
Overall width
72.8 in. (1850 mm)
Overall height
*
58.5 in. (1485 mm)
Wheelbase
Tread
111.0 in. (2820 mm)
Front
62.2 in. (1580 mm)
Rear
61.6 in. (1565 mm)
Vehicle capacity weight
(occupants + luggage)
*: Unladen vehicle
406
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
870 lb. (395 kg)
6-1. Specifications
Vehicle identification
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for your
vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your Toyota. It is
used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped on the
top left of the instrument panel.
This number is also on the Certification Label.
n Engine number
The engine number is stamped
on the engine block as shown.
6
Vehicle specifications
407
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Engine
Model
2GR-FE
Type
6-cylinder V type, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke
3.70 × 3.27 in. (94.0 × 83.0 mm)
Displacement
210.9 cu.in. (3456 cm3)
Drive belt tension
Automatic adjustment
Fuel
Fuel type
Unleaded gasoline only
Octane Rating
87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher
Fuel tank capacity
18.5 gal. (70 L, 15.4 lmp.gal)
408
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Lubrication system
Oil capacity
Drain and refill
(reference)
with filter
without filter
6.4 qt. (6.1 L, 5.4 lmp.qt.)
6.0 qt. (5.7 L, 5.0 lmp.qt.)
Oil grade
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or
equivalent to satisfy the grade and viscosity shown
below.
Recommended oil
viscosity
Outside temperature
Oil viscosity:
l The 5W portion of the oil viscosity rating indicates the characteristic
of the oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before
the W allow for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
6
409
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Vehicle specifications
l The 30 in 5W-30 indicates the oil viscosity when the oil is at its operating temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity may be better suited
if the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme load condition.
6-1. Specifications
Cooling system
Capacity
8.8 qt. (8.3 L, 7.3 lmp.qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following:
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-based nonsilicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate
coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
Ignition system
Spark plug
Make
DENSO
FK20HR11
Gap
0.043 in. (1.1 mm)
NOTICE
n Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust gap when tuning engine.
Electrical system
Battery
Open voltage at
68°F (20°C):
12.6 ⎯ 12.8 V Fully charged
12.2 ⎯ 12.4 V Half charged
11.8 ⎯ 12.0 V Discharged
(Voltage is checked 20 minutes after the engine
and all lights are turned off.)
Charging rates
5A max.
410
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Automatic transaxle
Fluid capacity*
6.8 qt. (6.4 L, 5.6 lmp.qt.)
Fluid type
Toyota Genuine ATF WS
*: The fluid capacity is the quantity of reference. If replacement is necessary,
contact your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
n Automatic transmission fluid type
Using automatic transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS”
may cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission
accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage the automatic transmission of your vehicle.
Brakes
2.4 in. (61 mm) Min.
Pedal free play
Less than 0.04 ⎯ 0.24 in. (1.0 ⎯ 6.0 mm)
Brake pad wear limit
0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Parking brake pedal
travel *2
9 ⎯ 11 clicks
Parking brake lining wear
limit
0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Fluid type
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3
6
*1: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 110 lbf (490 N, 50
kgf) while the engine is running.
*
2: Parking
brake pedal travel when depressed with a force of 66 lbf (294 N, 30
kgf).
411
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Vehicle specifications
Pedal clearance *1
6-1. Specifications
Steering
Free play
Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)
Tires and wheels
Type A
Tire size
Front and rear tire
inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
P215/55R17 93V
Vehicle speed
psi
(kPa, kgf/cm2 or bar)
More than 99 mph
(160 km/h)
38 (260, 2.6)
99 mph
(160 km/h) or less
32 (220, 2.2)
Wheel size
17 × 7JJ, 17 × 7J
Wheel nut torque
76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Type B
Tire size
Front and rear tire
inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
P215/60R16 94V
Vehicle speed
psi
(kPa, kgf/cm2 or bar)
More than 99 mph
(160 km/h)
35 (240, 2.4)
99 mph (160 km/h)
or less
29 (200, 2.0)
Wheel size
16 × 6 1/2JJ
Wheel nut torque
76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
412
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Light bulbs
Exterior
Interior
Bulb No.
W
Type
Headlights
Low beam (discharge bulbs)
Low beam (halogen bulbs)
High beam
D4R
H11
HIR1
35
55
65
A
B
C
Fog lights
9006
51
B
Front turn signal/parking
lights
3457A
27/7
D
Front side marker lights
W5W
5
E
Rear turn signal lights
469
21
D
Stop/tail lights
7443
21/5
E
Rear side marker lights
194
3.8
E
Tail lights
194
3.8
E
Back-up lights
921
16
E
License plate lights
194
3.8
E
Interior light
W5W
5
E
Personal lights
W5W
5
E
Vanity lights
7065
1.4
F
Glove box light
74
1.2
E
Door courtesy lights
168
5
E
Trunk light
2825
4.8
E
6
Vehicle specifications
A:
B:
C:
D:
E:
F:
Light Bulbs
D4R discharge bulbs
H11 halogen bulbs
HIR1 halogen bulbs
Wedge base bulbs (amber)
Wedge base bulbs (clear)
Double end bulbs
413
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Fuel information
Your vehicle must use only unleaded gasoline.
Unleaded gasoline with an Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher required for optimum engine performance.
At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications
of ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB3.5-M93 in Canada.
n Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your Toyota has a fuel tank opening that
only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.
n If your engine knocks
l Consult your Toyota dealer.
l You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerating or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.
n Gasoline quality
In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of gasoline you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of
gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer.
n Gasoline quality standards
l Automotive manufacturers in the US, Europe and Japan have developed
a specification for fuel quality called World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC)
that is expected to be applied worldwide.
l The WWFC consists of four categories that are based on required emission levels. In the US, category 4 has been adopted.
l The WWFC improves air quality by lowering emissions in vehicle fleets,
and customer satisfaction through better performance.
414
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
n Toyota recommends the use of gasoline containing detergent additives
l Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives
to avoid build-up of engine deposits.
l All gasoline sold in the US contains detergent additives to clean and/or
keep clean intake systems.
n Toyota recommends the use of cleaner burning gasoline
Cleaner burning gasoline, including reformulated gasoline that contains oxygenates such as ethanol or MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) is available in
many areas.
Toyota recommends the use of cleaner burning gasoline and appropriately
blended reformulated gasoline. These types of gasoline provide excellent
vehicle performance, reduce vehicle emissions and improve air quality.
n Toyota does not recommend blended gasoline
l Toyota allows the use of oxygenate blended gasoline where the oxygenate content is up to 10% ethanol or 15% MTBE.
l If you use gasohol in your Toyota, be sure that it has an octane rating no
lower than 87.
l Toyota DOES NOT recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol.
n Toyota does not recommend gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcy
clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota DOES NOT recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If
fuel containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be
adversely affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If
this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
6
Vehicle specifications
415
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
NOTICE
n Notice on gasoline quality
l Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle’s three-way catalytic
converters causing the emission control system to malfunction.
l Do not use gasohol other than that stated here.
Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
l Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than that
stated here will cause persistent heavy knocking.
At worst, this will lead to engine damage.
n Fuel-related poor driveability
If after using a different type of fuel, poor driveability is encountered (poor
hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.), discontinue the use of that
type of fuel.
n When refueling with gasohole
Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicle’s paint.
416
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Tire information
Typical tire symbols
ITN61A005
Tire size
(→P. 419)
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)
(→P. 418)
Location of treadwear indicators
(→P. 322)
Uniform tire quality grading
For details, see “Uniform Tire Quality Grading” that follows.
Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the
strands which form the plies in a tire.
Radial tires or bias-ply tires
A radial tire has RADIAL on the sidewall. A tire not marked RADIAL
is a bias-ply tire.
6
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
Vehicle specifications
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly filled in the
tire. A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air pressure.
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure
(→P. 422)
This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure
(→P. 422)
417
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Summer tire or all season tire
(→P. 326)
An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked
“M+S” is a summer tire.
Typical DOT and tire identification number (TIN)
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification
(TIN)
Number
Tire manufacturer’s identification mark
Tire size code
Manufacturer’s optional tire
type code (3 or 4 letters)
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year
*: The
DOT symbol certifies
that the tire conforms to
applicable Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards.
418
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Tire size
n Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
Tire use
(P = Passenger car,
T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio
(tire height to section width)
Tire construction code
(R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)
Load index (2 or 3 digits)
Speed symbol
(alphabet with one letter)
n Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire height
Wheel diameter
6
Vehicle specifications
419
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Tire section names
Bead
Sidewall
Shoulder
Tread
Belt
Inner liner
Reinforcing rubber
Carcass
Rim lines
Bead wires
Chafer
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
n DOT quality grades
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety
Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be
found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
420
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
n Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due
to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
n Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C,
and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning) traction.
n Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to
dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
421
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Vehicle specifications
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.
6
6-1. Specifications
Warning: The temperature grades for this tire are established for a
tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term
Meaning
Cold tire inflation
pressure
Tire pressure when the vehicle has been
parked for three hours or more, or has not
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under
that condition
Maximum inflation
pressure
The maximum cold inflated pressure to which a
tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall of
the tire
Recommended
inflation pressure
Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a
manufacturer.
Accessory weight
The combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced) of transmission, power steering, power brakes, power
windows, power seats, radio and heater, to the
extent that these items are available as factoryinstalled equipment (whether installed or not)
Curb weight
The weight of a motor vehicle with standard
equipment, including the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional
engine
Maximum loaded
vehicle weight
The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
Normal occupant
weight
150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column of Table 1* that
follows
422
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term
Meaning
Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table 1* below
Production options
weight
The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items which they
replace, not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
battery, and special trim
Rim
A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire beads are seated
Rim diameter
(Wheel diameter)
Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation
Rim diameter and width
Rim type designation
The industry manufacturer’s designation for a
rim by style or code
Rim width
Nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity
weight (Total load
capacity)
The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb.
(68 kg) times the vehicle’s designated seating
capacity
Vehicle maximum load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is determined
by distributing to each axle its share of the
maximum loaded vehicle weight, and dividing
by two
Vehicle normal load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is determined
by distributing to each axle its share of curb
weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight (distributed in accordance with
Table 1* below), and dividing it by two
Weather side
The surface area of the rim not covered by the
inflated tire
423
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6
Vehicle specifications
Occupant distribution
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term
Meaning
Bead
The part of the tire that is made of steel wires,
wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim
Bead separation
A breakdown of the bond between components
in the bead
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles
substantially less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread
Carcass
The tire structure, except tread and sidewall
rubber which, when inflated, bears the load
Chunking
The breaking away of pieces of the tread or
sidewall
Cord
The strands forming the plies in the tire
Cord separation
The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds
Cracking
Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or innerliner of the tire extending to cord material
CT
A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire
and rim system in which the rim is designed
with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the
tire is designed to fit on the underside of the
rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges
inside the air cavity of the tire
Extra load tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire
Groove
The space between two adjacent tread ribs
424
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term
Meaning
Innerliner
The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire
Innerliner separation
The parting of the innerliner from cord material
in the carcass
Intended outboard
sidewall
(a)The sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand,
and/or model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same molding on the other
sidewall of the tire, or
(b)The outward facing sidewall of asymmetrical
tire that has a particular side that must always
face outward when mounted on a vehicle
Light truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or
multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load rating
The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire
Maximum permissible
inflation pressure
The maximum cold inflation pressure to which
a tire may be inflated
Measuring rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical
dimension requirements
Open splice
Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or
innerliner that extends to cord material
Outer diameter
The overall diameter of an inflated new tire
6
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Vehicle specifications
425
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term
Meaning
Overall width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective
bands or ribs
Passenger car tire
A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that
have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of
10,000 lb. or less
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords
Ply separation
A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread
Reinforced tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire
Section width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands
Sidewall
That portion of a tire between the tread and
bead
Sidewall separation
The parting of the rubber compound from the
cord material in the sidewall
426
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term
Snow tire
Meaning
A tire that attains a traction index equal to or
greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when
using the snow traction test as described in
ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for
Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight Line
on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and which
is marked with an Alpine Symbol (
) on at
least one sidewall
Test rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and
may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire
Tread
That portion of a tire that comes into contact
with the road
Tread rib
A tread section running circumferentially
around a tire
Tread separation
Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass
Treadwear indicators
(TWI)
The projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel-holding fixture
The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testing
*: Table 1 ⎯ Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load
6
for various designated seating capacities
Vehicle specifications
427
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-1. Specifications
Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupants
Vehicle normal load,
Number of occupants
2 through 4
2
2 in front
5 through 10
3
2 in front, 1 in second
seat
11 through 15
5
2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
16 through 20
7
2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
428
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Occupant distribution in
a normally loaded
vehicle
6-2. Customization
Customizable features
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be personalized to your preferences. Programming these preferences
requires specialized equipment and may be performed by your Toyota dealer.
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other functions
being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Default setting
Customized
setting
Smart key system
ON
OFF
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)
ON
OFF
Operation signal
(Buzzer)
ON
OFF
Item
Smart key
system
(→P. 24)
Function
Unlocking operation
Wireless
remote
control
(→P. 35)
Time elapsed before
automatic door lock
function is activated if
door is not opened after
being unlocked
Driver’s door
unlocked in 1step, all doors
unlocked
in 2-step
All doors
unlocked
in 1-step
OFF
60 seconds
30 seconds
120 seconds
6
Vehicle specifications
429
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-2. Customization
Default setting
Customized
setting
Operation indicator
(Emergency flashers)
ON
OFF
Operation indicator
(Buzzer)
ON
OFF
Trunk unlocking function
ON
OFF
Item
Wireless
remote
control
(→P. 35)
Function
Trunk unlocking operation
Push twice
One short push
Panic function
ON
OFF
Buzzer sounds when
pushing
with any
door not closed
ON
OFF
Unlocking using a key
Door lock
(→P. 39)
Push and hold
Driver’s door
unlocked in 1step, all doors
unlocked
in 2-step
All doors
unlocked
in 1-step
Speed-detecting automatic door lock function
OFF
ON
Opening driver’s door
unlocks all doors
OFF
ON
Shift the shift lever to
“P” unlocks all doors
ON
OFF
Shift the shift lever to
position other than “P”
locks all doors
ON
OFF
430
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-2. Customization
Function
Default setting
Customized
setting
Light sensor sensitivity
Level 3
Levels 1 to 5
Item
Automatic
light control
system
(→P. 143)
Time elapsed before
headlights automatically turn off after doors
are closed
Daytime running light
0 seconds
60 seconds
30 seconds
90 seconds
ON
OFF*
*: Vehicles sold outside Canada
6
Vehicle specifications
431
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-2. Customization
Function
Default setting
Customized
setting
Switching operation
when the vehicle is stationary
ON
OFF
Drip prevention function
ON
OFF
Time elapsed before
the drip prevention
function operates
Variable
depending on
the vehicle
speed
3 seconds
Time elapsed before
lights turn off
15 seconds
Operation when the
doors are unlocked
ON
OFF
Operation after the
“ENGINE START
STOP” switch or the
engine switch turned
OFF
ON
OFF
Item
Windshield
wipers and
washer
(→P. 146)
Illumination
(→P. 252)
Front/rear personal
lights turned on when a
door is opened
Outer foot lights
Rear
sunshade
(→P. 273)
Time elapsed before
the reverse operation
feature activates
432
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Corresponding
light only
ON
7.5 seconds
30 seconds
All lights
OFF
OFF
0 seconds
0.7 seconds
0.9 seconds
1.2 seconds
6-3. Initialization
Items to initialize
After reconnecting or performing maintenance on the battery, the following items must be initialized for normal system operation.
Item
When to initialize
Reference
• After reconnecting or changing the
battery
• After changing a fuse
P. 67
P. 70
Engine oil
maintenance data
• After changing engine oil
P. 311
Tire pressure warning
system
• When rotating the tires on vehicles
differing with front and rear tire inflation pressures.
• When changing the tire inflation
pressure by changing traveling
speed or load weight, etc.
• When changing the tire size.
P. 324
Power window
Moon roof
6
Vehicle specifications
433
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
6-3. Initialization
434
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free:
1-800-331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it
may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov ; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Ave, S.E., Washington, DC 20590. You can
also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
436
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French)
The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions
extracted from the seat belt section in this manual.
See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in
English.
7
For owners
437
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
438
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
7
For owners
439
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
440
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Abbreviation list
Abbreviation/Acronym list
ABBREVIATIONS
MEANING
A/C
Air Conditioning
ABS
Anti-lock Brake System
ACC
Accessory
ALR
Automatic Locking Retractor
CRS
Child Restraint System
ECU
Electronic Control Unit
EDR
Event Data Recorder
ELR
Emergency Locking Retractor
GAWR
Gross Axle Weight Ratings
I/M
Emission inspection and maintenance
LED
Light Emitting Diode
MMT
Methylcy clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl
M+S
Mud and Snow
MTBE
Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether
OBD
On Board Diagnostics
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System
TIN
Tire Identification Number
TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitoring (Warning) System
TRAC
Traction Control
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
VSC
Vehicle Stability Control
442
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Alphabetical index
Alphabetical index
A A/C ............................................ 178
ABS........................................... 163
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning filter ............. 337
Automatic air conditioning
system................................ 178
Steering switches ................. 185
Airbags
Airbag operating conditions.... 85
Airbag precautions for your
child...................................... 88
Airbag warning light.............. 371
Curtain shield airbag
precautions .......................... 91
Front passenger occupant
classification system ............ 93
General airbag precautions .... 88
Locations of airbags ............... 82
Modification and disposal of
airbags ................................. 92
Side airbag precautions.......... 88
Side and curtain shield airbags
operating conditions............. 85
SRS airbags ........................... 82
Alarm .......................................... 77
Antenna.................................... 195
Anti-lock brake system........... 163
Armrest .................................... 272
Ashtrays................................... 267
Audio input .............................. 216
Audio system
Antenna ................................ 195
Audio input ........................... 216
AUX adapter......................... 216
CD player/changer ............... 198
MP3/WMA disc..................... 206
Optimal use .......................... 214
Portable music player........... 216
Radio .................................... 191
Steering switches ................. 217
Automatic headlight leveling
system ................................... 143
Automatic light control
system ....................................143
Automatic transmission
Automatic transmission .........129
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P......................393
S mode..................................131
AUX adapter .............................216
B Back-up lights
Wattage.................................413
Battery
Checking ...............................318
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ..........................397
Preparing and checking
before winter .......................170
Bluetooth® ................................220
Brake
Fluid ......................................315
Parking brake ........................134
Brake assist..............................163
Break-in tips .............................115
C Care
Exterior..................................288
Interior ...................................291
Seat belts ..............................292
Cargo capacity .........................166
CD player/changer ...................198
Center display ..........................141
Chains .......................................172
Child-protectors .........................41
Child restraint system
Definition .................................99
Installation .............................102
Installing CRS with lower
anchorages .........................107
Installing CRS with seat
belts ....................................103
Installing CRS with top
straps ..................................108
443
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Alphabetical index
Child safety
Airbag precautions ..................88
Child-protectors.......................41
Child restraint system..............99
How your child should wear
the seatbelt ...........................57
Installing child restraints........102
Moon roof ................................71
Power window lock switch.......66
Power window precautions .....68
Removed key battery
precautions .........................342
Seat belt comfort guide ...........55
Seat belt precautions ..............58
Seat heater precautions ........271
Trunk .......................................45
Cleaning
Exterior..................................288
Interior ...................................291
Seat belts ..............................292
Climate control seat.................270
Clock .........................................265
Compass...................................283
Condenser ................................314
Console box .............................257
Cooling system
Engine overheating ...............401
Cruise control
Cruise control ........................149
Dynamic laser cruise
control .................................152
Cup holders ..............................261
Curtain shield airbags ...............82
Customizable features.............429
D Daytime running light
system ....................................144
Defogger
Rear window .........................187
Side mirror.............................187
Dimension.................................406
Dinghy towing ..........................176
444
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Display
Trip information ..................... 142
Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 300
Door pocket.............................. 262
Doors
Door lock........................... 24, 35
Rear door child-protector ........41
Driver’s seat belt reminder
light......................................... 373
Driving
Break-in tips ..........................115
Correct posture .......................80
Procedures............................ 114
Winter driving tips ................. 170
E Electronic key
If the electronic key does not
operate properly ................. 395
Emergency, in case of
If a warning light turns on...... 370
If the electronic key does not
operate properly ................. 395
If the engine will not start ...... 391
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P ..................... 393
If the battery is discharged ... 397
If the warning buzzer
sounds ................................ 370
If the warning light
turns on............................... 370
If you have a flat tire ............. 382
If you lose your keys ............. 394
If you think something is
wrong.................................. 366
If your vehicle becomes
stuck ................................... 404
If your vehicle needs to be
towed .................................. 362
If your vehicle overheats ....... 401
Alphabetical index
Engine
Compartment........................ 306
Engine switch ............... 122, 126
Hood..................................... 303
How to start the
engine ........................ 122, 126
Identification number ............ 407
If the engine will not start...... 391
Ignition switch............... 122, 126
Overheating.......................... 401
Engine compartment cover.... 307
Engine coolant
Capacity ............................... 410
Checking .............................. 313
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 170
Engine coolant temperature
gauge ..................................... 135
Engine immobilizer system...... 75
Engine oil
Capacity ............................... 409
Checking .............................. 308
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 170
Event data recorder ................ 368
F Floor mats................................ 275
Fluid
Brake .................................... 315
Washer ................................. 321
Fog lights
Switch................................... 145
Wattage ................................ 413
Foot light.................................. 252
Front passenger occupant
classification system.............. 93
Front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light........................ 373
Front seats
Adjustment ............................. 46
Driving position memory......... 50
Front turn signal lights
Wattage ................................ 413
Fuel
Capacity ................................408
Fuel gauge ............................135
Fuel pump shut off system ....367
Gas station information .........452
Information ............................414
Refueling .................................72
Fuel door.....................................72
Fuel filler door ............................72
Fuel pump shut off system .....367
Fuses.........................................344
G Garage door opener.................278
Gas station information...........452
Gauges......................................135
Glove box..................................256
H Hands-free system
(for cellular phone) ................220
Head restraints...........................53
Headlight aim ...........................353
Headlights
Discharge headlights
precautions .........................359
Switch....................................143
Wattage.................................413
Heaters
Seat heaters..........................270
Side mirror.............................187
Hood..........................................303
Hooks
Cargo ....................................276
Shopping bag ........................276
445
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Alphabetical index
I
I/M test.......................................299
Ignition switch..................122, 126
Identification
Engine ...................................407
Vehicle ..................................407
Illuminated entry system.........252
Indicator lights .........................138
Initialization
Items to initialize....................433
Inside rear view mirror ..............62
Instrument panel light
control ....................................137
Interior lights
Interior lights..........................252
Switch....................................254
Wattage.................................413
J Jack
Positioning a floor jack ..........304
Replacing the wheel..............382
Jack handle ..............................382
K Keyless entry..............................35
Keys
Electronic key..........................22
Engine switch ................122, 126
If the electronic key does not
properly...............................395
If you lose your keys .............394
Key number plate ....................23
Keyless entry...........................35
Keys ........................................22
Mechanical key .......................23
Wireless remote control key....35
L Laser cruise control.................152
Licence plate lights
Replacing light bulbs .............355
Wattage.................................413
Light bulbs
Replacing ..............................355
Wattage.................................413
446
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Lights
Fog light switch ..................... 145
Headlights switch .................. 143
Interior lights list .................... 252
Outer foot light ...................... 252
Personal light switch ............. 254
Replacing light bulbs............. 355
Turn signal lever ................... 133
Vanity lights........................... 264
Wattage................................. 413
Load capacity........................... 169
Lock steering column...... 124, 127
M Maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance ... 300
General maintenance............ 296
Maintenance data ................. 406
Maintenance requirements ... 294
Meter
Instrument panel light
control................................. 137
Meters ................................... 135
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror ............62
Side mirror heater ................. 187
Side mirrors.............................64
Vanity mirrors........................ 264
Moon roof ...................................69
MP3 disc ................................... 206
O Odometer.................................. 135
Oil
Engine oil .............................. 308
Opener
Fuel filler door .........................72
Hood ..................................... 303
Trunk.......................................44
Outside rear view mirrors
Adjustment ..............................64
Driving position memory .........50
Outside temperature
display ...................................... 266
Alphabetical index
Overhead console ................... 258
Overheating, Engine ............... 401
P
Parking brake .......................... 134
Parking lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 355
Switch................................... 143
Wattage ................................ 413
Personal light
Switch................................... 254
Wattage ................................ 413
Power outlets........................... 268
Power windows ......................... 66
R
Radiator.................................... 314
Radio ........................................ 191
Rear seat
Adjustment ............................. 48
Rear sunshade ........................ 273
Rear turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 355
Wattage ................................ 413
Rear window defogger............ 187
Replacing
Fuses.................................... 344
Key battery ........................... 340
Light bulbs ............................ 355
Tires ..................................... 382
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners ........................... 436
S
Seat belts
Adjusting the seat belt ............ 55
Automatic locking
retractor................................ 56
Child restraint system
installation .......................... 102
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belts...................... 292
Emergency locking
retractor................................ 56
How to wear your seat belt..... 54
How your child should wear
the seat belt ..........................57
Pregnant women,
proper seat belt use ..............57
Reminder light .......................373
Seat belt extenders .................58
Seat belt pretensioners ...........56
Seat heaters..............................270
Seating capacity.......................169
Seats
Adjustment ........................46, 48
Adjustment precaution ......47, 49
Child seats/child restraint
system installation ..............102
Cleaning ................................291
Climate control ......................270
Climate control seat ..............270
Driver’s seat position
memory.................................50
Head restraint..........................53
Properly sitting in the seat.......80
Seat heaters..........................270
Service reminder
indicators ..............................139
Shift lever
Automatic transmission .........129
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P......................393
Shift lock system .....................393
Shopping bag hooks ...............276
Side airbags................................82
Side marker lights
Switch....................................143
Side mirror
Adjustment ..............................64
Mirror position memory ...........50
Smart key system
Antenna location .....................26
Entry function ..........................24
Starting the engine ................122
Spare tire
Inflation pressure...................412
Spare tire...............................382
447
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Alphabetical index
Spark plug ................................410
Specifications...........................406
Speedometer ............................135
Steering wheel
Adjustment ..............................61
Audio switches ......................217
Climate switches ...................185
Steering wheel memory ..........50
Storage compartment..............260
Storage feature.........................255
Stuck
If your vehicle becomes
stuck ...................................404
Sun visors.................................263
Switch
Engine switch ................122, 126
Fog light switch .....................145
Ignition switch................122, 126
Light switches........................143
Power door lock switch ...........39
Power window switch ..............66
Window lock switch .................66
Wipers and washer switch ....146
T
Tail lights
Replacing light bulbs .............356
Switch....................................143
Wattage.................................413
Theft deterrent system
Alarm.......................................77
Engine immobilizer system .....75
Theft prevention labels..............79
Tire inflation pressure .............412
Tire information
Glossary ................................422
Size .......................................419
Tire identification number......418
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading ...............................420
448
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
Tires
Chains................................... 172
Checking ............................... 322
If you have a flat tire.............. 382
Inflation pressure .................. 412
Information ............................ 417
Replacing .............................. 382
Rotating tires......................... 322
Size ....................................... 412
Snow tires ............................. 173
Tire pressure warning
system ........................ 323, 373
Tools ......................................... 382
Total load capacity .................. 169
Towing
Dinghy towing ....................... 176
Trailer towing ........................ 175
TRAC......................................... 163
Trip information ....................... 142
Trunk
Extending a space ................ 277
Opener ....................................44
Wattage................................. 413
Turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 355
Switch ................................... 133
Wattage................................. 413
V
Valet key .....................................22
Vanity lights
Vanity lights........................... 264
Wattage................................. 413
Vanity mirrors ..........................264
Vehicle identification
number ................................... 407
Vehicle load limits ................... 169
VSC ........................................... 163
Alphabetical index
W Warning buzzers
Brake system........................ 370
Downshifting......................... 132
Open door ........................... 372
Seat belt reminder ................ 373
Warning lights
Anti-lock brake system ......... 372
Automatic heading light
leveling system .................. 372
Brake system........................ 370
Charging system .................. 371
Dynamic laser cruise control
master warning light........... 374
Low fuel level........................ 372
Malfunction indicator lamp.... 371
Open door ............................ 372
Seat belt reminder light ........ 373
SRS airbags ......................... 371
Tire pressure warning
light .................................... 373
Vehicle stability control......... 372
Washer
Checking .............................. 321
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 170
Switch................................... 146
Washing and waxing............... 288
Weight
Cargo capacity ..................... 166
Load limits ............................ 169
Weight .................................. 406
Wheels...................................... 335
Window glasses ....................... 66
Window lock switch .................. 66
Windows
Power windows ...................... 66
Rear window defogger ......... 187
Washer ................................. 146
Windshield wipers................... 146
Winter driving tips................... 170
Wireless remote control key
Locking/Unlocking ...................35
Replacing the battery ............340
WMA disc..................................206
449
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
What to do if...
What to do if...
A tire punctures
P. 382 If you have a flat tire
The engine does not start
P. 391 If the engine will not start
P. 75
Engine immobilizer system
P. 397 If the battery is discharged
The shift lever cannot be
moved out
P. 393
If the shift lever cannot be shifted
from “P”
The engine coolant temperature
gauge enters the red zone
P. 401 If your vehicle overheats
Steam can be seen coming
from under the hood
The key is lost
P. 394 If you lose your keys
The battery runs out
P. 397 If the battery is discharged
The doors cannot be locked
P. 39
Doors
The horn begins to sound
P. 77
Alarm
The vehicle is stuck in mud
or sand
P. 404 If the vehicle becomes stuck
450
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
What to do if...
The warning light or indicator
light comes on
P. 370 If the warning light turns on
nWarning lights
Brake system warning
light
or
Malfunction indicator
lamp
or
P. 370
ABS warning light
or
P. 372
Low fuel level warning
P. 372
light
SRS warning light
P. 371
Open door warning light
P. 372
P. 371
Driver’s seat belt reminder
light
P. 373
Front passenger’s seat
belt reminder
P. 373
light
Tire pressure warning
P. 372, 373
light
Automatic headlight
leveling system
P. 372
warning light
Low engine oil pressure
warning light
P. 371
Charging system warnP. 371
ing light
Engine oil replacement
reminder light P. 374
VSC warning light
Low washer fluid warning
P. 373
light
P. 372
Dynamic laser cruise
control master
P. 374
warning
451
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever
P. 303
Hood lock release
lever
P. 303
Fuel tank capacity
Fuel type
Trunk opener
P. 44
Fuel filler door opener
P. 72
Fuel filler door
P. 72
Tire inflation pressure
P. 412
18.5 gal. (70 L, 15.4 lmp.gal.)
Unleaded gasoline only
P. 72, 408
Cold tire inflation
pressure
Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill)
Engine oil type
452
AVALON_U_(L/O_0802)
P. 412
qt. (L, Imp.qt.)
With filter
6.4 (6.1, 5.4)
Without filter
6.0 (5.7, 5.0)
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
Oil grade: ILSAC multigrade engine oil
P. 409
Download PDF
Similar pages